qemu-e2k/hw/nvme/ctrl.c

6732 lines
188 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

/*
* QEMU NVM Express Controller
*
* Copyright (c) 2012, Intel Corporation
*
* Written by Keith Busch <keith.busch@intel.com>
*
* This code is licensed under the GNU GPL v2 or later.
*/
/**
* Reference Specs: http://www.nvmexpress.org, 1.4, 1.3, 1.2, 1.1, 1.0e
*
* https://nvmexpress.org/developers/nvme-specification/
*
*
* Notes on coding style
* ---------------------
* While QEMU coding style prefers lowercase hexadecimals in constants, the
* NVMe subsystem use thes format from the NVMe specifications in the comments
* (i.e. 'h' suffix instead of '0x' prefix).
*
* Usage
* -----
* See docs/system/nvme.rst for extensive documentation.
*
* Add options:
* -drive file=<file>,if=none,id=<drive_id>
* -device nvme-subsys,id=<subsys_id>,nqn=<nqn_id>
* -device nvme,serial=<serial>,id=<bus_name>, \
* cmb_size_mb=<cmb_size_mb[optional]>, \
* [pmrdev=<mem_backend_file_id>,] \
* max_ioqpairs=<N[optional]>, \
* aerl=<N[optional]>,aer_max_queued=<N[optional]>, \
* mdts=<N[optional]>,vsl=<N[optional]>, \
* zoned.zasl=<N[optional]>, \
* zoned.auto_transition=<on|off[optional]>, \
* subsys=<subsys_id>
* -device nvme-ns,drive=<drive_id>,bus=<bus_name>,nsid=<nsid>,\
hw/block/nvme: support for shared namespace in subsystem nvme-ns device is registered to a nvme controller device during the initialization in nvme_register_namespace() in case that 'bus' property is given which means it's mapped to a single controller. This patch introduced a new property 'subsys' just like the controller device instance did to map a namespace to a NVMe subsystem. If 'subsys' property is given to the nvme-ns device, it will belong to the specified subsystem and will be attached to all controllers in that subsystem by enabling shared namespace capability in NMIC(Namespace Multi-path I/O and Namespace Capabilities) in Identify Namespace. Usage: -device nvme-subsys,id=subsys0 -device nvme,serial=foo,id=nvme0,subsys=subsys0 -device nvme,serial=bar,id=nvme1,subsys=subsys0 -device nvme,serial=baz,id=nvme2,subsys=subsys0 -device nvme-ns,id=ns1,drive=<drv>,nsid=1,subsys=subsys0 # Shared -device nvme-ns,id=ns2,drive=<drv>,nsid=2,bus=nvme2 # Non-shared In the above example, 'ns1' will be shared to 'nvme0' and 'nvme1' in the same subsystem. On the other hand, 'ns2' will be attached to the 'nvme2' only as a private namespace in that subsystem. All the namespace with 'subsys' parameter will attach all controllers in the subsystem to the namespace by default. Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com> Tested-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2021-01-24 03:54:50 +01:00
* zoned=<true|false[optional]>, \
* subsys=<subsys_id>,detached=<true|false[optional]>
*
* Note cmb_size_mb denotes size of CMB in MB. CMB is assumed to be at
* offset 0 in BAR2 and supports only WDS, RDS and SQS for now. By default, the
* device will use the "v1.4 CMB scheme" - use the `legacy-cmb` parameter to
* always enable the CMBLOC and CMBSZ registers (v1.3 behavior).
*
* Enabling pmr emulation can be achieved by pointing to memory-backend-file.
* For example:
* -object memory-backend-file,id=<mem_id>,share=on,mem-path=<file_path>, \
* size=<size> .... -device nvme,...,pmrdev=<mem_id>
*
* The PMR will use BAR 4/5 exclusively.
*
* To place controller(s) and namespace(s) to a subsystem, then provide
* nvme-subsys device as above.
*
* nvme subsystem device parameters
* ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
* - `nqn`
* This parameter provides the `<nqn_id>` part of the string
* `nqn.2019-08.org.qemu:<nqn_id>` which will be reported in the SUBNQN field
* of subsystem controllers. Note that `<nqn_id>` should be unique per
* subsystem, but this is not enforced by QEMU. If not specified, it will
* default to the value of the `id` parameter (`<subsys_id>`).
*
* nvme device parameters
* ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
* - `subsys`
* Specifying this parameter attaches the controller to the subsystem and
* the SUBNQN field in the controller will report the NQN of the subsystem
* device. This also enables multi controller capability represented in
* Identify Controller data structure in CMIC (Controller Multi-path I/O and
* Namesapce Sharing Capabilities).
*
* - `aerl`
* The Asynchronous Event Request Limit (AERL). Indicates the maximum number
* of concurrently outstanding Asynchronous Event Request commands support
* by the controller. This is a 0's based value.
*
* - `aer_max_queued`
* This is the maximum number of events that the device will enqueue for
* completion when there are no outstanding AERs. When the maximum number of
* enqueued events are reached, subsequent events will be dropped.
*
* - `mdts`
* Indicates the maximum data transfer size for a command that transfers data
* between host-accessible memory and the controller. The value is specified
* as a power of two (2^n) and is in units of the minimum memory page size
* (CAP.MPSMIN). The default value is 7 (i.e. 512 KiB).
*
* - `vsl`
* Indicates the maximum data size limit for the Verify command. Like `mdts`,
* this value is specified as a power of two (2^n) and is in units of the
* minimum memory page size (CAP.MPSMIN). The default value is 7 (i.e. 512
* KiB).
*
* - `zoned.zasl`
* Indicates the maximum data transfer size for the Zone Append command. Like
* `mdts`, the value is specified as a power of two (2^n) and is in units of
* the minimum memory page size (CAP.MPSMIN). The default value is 0 (i.e.
* defaulting to the value of `mdts`).
*
* - `zoned.auto_transition`
* Indicates if zones in zone state implicitly opened can be automatically
* transitioned to zone state closed for resource management purposes.
* Defaults to 'on'.
*
hw/block/nvme: support for shared namespace in subsystem nvme-ns device is registered to a nvme controller device during the initialization in nvme_register_namespace() in case that 'bus' property is given which means it's mapped to a single controller. This patch introduced a new property 'subsys' just like the controller device instance did to map a namespace to a NVMe subsystem. If 'subsys' property is given to the nvme-ns device, it will belong to the specified subsystem and will be attached to all controllers in that subsystem by enabling shared namespace capability in NMIC(Namespace Multi-path I/O and Namespace Capabilities) in Identify Namespace. Usage: -device nvme-subsys,id=subsys0 -device nvme,serial=foo,id=nvme0,subsys=subsys0 -device nvme,serial=bar,id=nvme1,subsys=subsys0 -device nvme,serial=baz,id=nvme2,subsys=subsys0 -device nvme-ns,id=ns1,drive=<drv>,nsid=1,subsys=subsys0 # Shared -device nvme-ns,id=ns2,drive=<drv>,nsid=2,bus=nvme2 # Non-shared In the above example, 'ns1' will be shared to 'nvme0' and 'nvme1' in the same subsystem. On the other hand, 'ns2' will be attached to the 'nvme2' only as a private namespace in that subsystem. All the namespace with 'subsys' parameter will attach all controllers in the subsystem to the namespace by default. Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com> Tested-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2021-01-24 03:54:50 +01:00
* nvme namespace device parameters
* ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
hw/block/nvme: fix handling of private namespaces Prior to this patch, if a private nvme-ns device (that is, a namespace that is not linked to a subsystem) is wired up to an nvme-subsys linked nvme controller device, the device fails to verify that the namespace id is unique within the subsystem. NVM Express v1.4b, Section 6.1.6 ("NSID and Namespace Usage") states that because the device supports Namespace Management, "NSIDs *shall* be unique within the NVM subsystem". Additionally, prior to this patch, private namespaces are not known to the subsystem and the namespace is considered exclusive to the controller with which it is initially wired up to. However, this is not the definition of a private namespace; per Section 1.6.33 ("private namespace"), a private namespace is just a namespace that does not support multipath I/O or namespace sharing, which means "that it is only able to be attached to one controller at a time". Fix this by always allocating namespaces in the subsystem (if one is linked to the controller), regardless of the shared/private status of the namespace. Whether or not the namespace is shareable is controlled by a new `shared` nvme-ns parameter. Finally, this fix allows the nvme-ns `subsys` parameter to be removed, since the `shared` parameter now serves the purpose of attaching the namespace to all controllers in the subsystem upon device realization. It is invalid to have an nvme-ns namespace device with a linked subsystem without the parent nvme controller device also being linked to one and since the nvme-ns devices will unconditionally be "attached" (in QEMU terms that is) to an nvme controller device through an NvmeBus, the nvme-ns namespace device can always get a reference to the subsystem of the controller it is explicitly (using 'bus=' parameter) or implicitly attaching to. Fixes: e570768566b3 ("hw/block/nvme: support for shared namespace in subsystem") Cc: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
2021-03-23 12:43:24 +01:00
* - `shared`
* When the parent nvme device (as defined explicitly by the 'bus' parameter
* or implicitly by the most recently defined NvmeBus) is linked to an
* nvme-subsys device, the namespace will be attached to all controllers in
* the subsystem. If set to 'off' (the default), the namespace will remain a
* private namespace and may only be attached to a single controller at a
* time.
hw/block/nvme: support for shared namespace in subsystem nvme-ns device is registered to a nvme controller device during the initialization in nvme_register_namespace() in case that 'bus' property is given which means it's mapped to a single controller. This patch introduced a new property 'subsys' just like the controller device instance did to map a namespace to a NVMe subsystem. If 'subsys' property is given to the nvme-ns device, it will belong to the specified subsystem and will be attached to all controllers in that subsystem by enabling shared namespace capability in NMIC(Namespace Multi-path I/O and Namespace Capabilities) in Identify Namespace. Usage: -device nvme-subsys,id=subsys0 -device nvme,serial=foo,id=nvme0,subsys=subsys0 -device nvme,serial=bar,id=nvme1,subsys=subsys0 -device nvme,serial=baz,id=nvme2,subsys=subsys0 -device nvme-ns,id=ns1,drive=<drv>,nsid=1,subsys=subsys0 # Shared -device nvme-ns,id=ns2,drive=<drv>,nsid=2,bus=nvme2 # Non-shared In the above example, 'ns1' will be shared to 'nvme0' and 'nvme1' in the same subsystem. On the other hand, 'ns2' will be attached to the 'nvme2' only as a private namespace in that subsystem. All the namespace with 'subsys' parameter will attach all controllers in the subsystem to the namespace by default. Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com> Tested-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2021-01-24 03:54:50 +01:00
*
* - `detached`
* This parameter is only valid together with the `subsys` parameter. If left
* at the default value (`false/off`), the namespace will be attached to all
* controllers in the NVMe subsystem at boot-up. If set to `true/on`, the
* namespace will be available in the subsystem but not attached to any
* controllers.
*
* Setting `zoned` to true selects Zoned Command Set at the namespace.
* In this case, the following namespace properties are available to configure
* zoned operation:
* zoned.zone_size=<zone size in bytes, default: 128MiB>
* The number may be followed by K, M, G as in kilo-, mega- or giga-.
*
* zoned.zone_capacity=<zone capacity in bytes, default: zone size>
* The value 0 (default) forces zone capacity to be the same as zone
* size. The value of this property may not exceed zone size.
*
* zoned.descr_ext_size=<zone descriptor extension size, default 0>
* This value needs to be specified in 64B units. If it is zero,
* namespace(s) will not support zone descriptor extensions.
*
* zoned.max_active=<Maximum Active Resources (zones), default: 0>
* The default value means there is no limit to the number of
* concurrently active zones.
*
* zoned.max_open=<Maximum Open Resources (zones), default: 0>
* The default value means there is no limit to the number of
* concurrently open zones.
*
* zoned.cross_read=<enable RAZB, default: false>
* Setting this property to true enables Read Across Zone Boundaries.
*/
#include "qemu/osdep.h"
#include "qemu/cutils.h"
#include "qemu/error-report.h"
#include "qemu/log.h"
#include "qemu/units.h"
2016-03-14 09:01:28 +01:00
#include "qapi/error.h"
#include "qapi/visitor.h"
#include "sysemu/sysemu.h"
#include "sysemu/block-backend.h"
#include "sysemu/hostmem.h"
#include "hw/pci/msix.h"
#include "migration/vmstate.h"
#include "nvme.h"
#include "trace.h"
#define NVME_MAX_IOQPAIRS 0xffff
#define NVME_DB_SIZE 4
#define NVME_SPEC_VER 0x00010400
#define NVME_CMB_BIR 2
#define NVME_PMR_BIR 4
#define NVME_TEMPERATURE 0x143
#define NVME_TEMPERATURE_WARNING 0x157
#define NVME_TEMPERATURE_CRITICAL 0x175
#define NVME_NUM_FW_SLOTS 1
#define NVME_DEFAULT_MAX_ZA_SIZE (128 * KiB)
#define NVME_GUEST_ERR(trace, fmt, ...) \
do { \
(trace_##trace)(__VA_ARGS__); \
qemu_log_mask(LOG_GUEST_ERROR, #trace \
" in %s: " fmt "\n", __func__, ## __VA_ARGS__); \
} while (0)
static const bool nvme_feature_support[NVME_FID_MAX] = {
[NVME_ARBITRATION] = true,
[NVME_POWER_MANAGEMENT] = true,
[NVME_TEMPERATURE_THRESHOLD] = true,
[NVME_ERROR_RECOVERY] = true,
[NVME_VOLATILE_WRITE_CACHE] = true,
[NVME_NUMBER_OF_QUEUES] = true,
[NVME_INTERRUPT_COALESCING] = true,
[NVME_INTERRUPT_VECTOR_CONF] = true,
[NVME_WRITE_ATOMICITY] = true,
[NVME_ASYNCHRONOUS_EVENT_CONF] = true,
[NVME_TIMESTAMP] = true,
[NVME_COMMAND_SET_PROFILE] = true,
};
static const uint32_t nvme_feature_cap[NVME_FID_MAX] = {
[NVME_TEMPERATURE_THRESHOLD] = NVME_FEAT_CAP_CHANGE,
[NVME_ERROR_RECOVERY] = NVME_FEAT_CAP_CHANGE | NVME_FEAT_CAP_NS,
[NVME_VOLATILE_WRITE_CACHE] = NVME_FEAT_CAP_CHANGE,
[NVME_NUMBER_OF_QUEUES] = NVME_FEAT_CAP_CHANGE,
[NVME_ASYNCHRONOUS_EVENT_CONF] = NVME_FEAT_CAP_CHANGE,
[NVME_TIMESTAMP] = NVME_FEAT_CAP_CHANGE,
[NVME_COMMAND_SET_PROFILE] = NVME_FEAT_CAP_CHANGE,
};
static const uint32_t nvme_cse_acs[256] = {
[NVME_ADM_CMD_DELETE_SQ] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP,
[NVME_ADM_CMD_CREATE_SQ] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP,
[NVME_ADM_CMD_GET_LOG_PAGE] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP,
[NVME_ADM_CMD_DELETE_CQ] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP,
[NVME_ADM_CMD_CREATE_CQ] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP,
[NVME_ADM_CMD_IDENTIFY] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP,
[NVME_ADM_CMD_ABORT] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP,
[NVME_ADM_CMD_SET_FEATURES] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP,
[NVME_ADM_CMD_GET_FEATURES] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP,
[NVME_ADM_CMD_ASYNC_EV_REQ] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP,
[NVME_ADM_CMD_NS_ATTACHMENT] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP | NVME_CMD_EFF_NIC,
[NVME_ADM_CMD_FORMAT_NVM] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP | NVME_CMD_EFF_LBCC,
};
static const uint32_t nvme_cse_iocs_none[256];
static const uint32_t nvme_cse_iocs_nvm[256] = {
[NVME_CMD_FLUSH] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP | NVME_CMD_EFF_LBCC,
[NVME_CMD_WRITE_ZEROES] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP | NVME_CMD_EFF_LBCC,
[NVME_CMD_WRITE] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP | NVME_CMD_EFF_LBCC,
[NVME_CMD_READ] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP,
[NVME_CMD_DSM] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP | NVME_CMD_EFF_LBCC,
[NVME_CMD_VERIFY] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP,
[NVME_CMD_COPY] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP | NVME_CMD_EFF_LBCC,
[NVME_CMD_COMPARE] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP,
};
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
static const uint32_t nvme_cse_iocs_zoned[256] = {
[NVME_CMD_FLUSH] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP | NVME_CMD_EFF_LBCC,
[NVME_CMD_WRITE_ZEROES] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP | NVME_CMD_EFF_LBCC,
[NVME_CMD_WRITE] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP | NVME_CMD_EFF_LBCC,
[NVME_CMD_READ] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP,
[NVME_CMD_DSM] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP | NVME_CMD_EFF_LBCC,
[NVME_CMD_VERIFY] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP,
[NVME_CMD_COPY] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP | NVME_CMD_EFF_LBCC,
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
[NVME_CMD_COMPARE] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP,
[NVME_CMD_ZONE_APPEND] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP | NVME_CMD_EFF_LBCC,
[NVME_CMD_ZONE_MGMT_SEND] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP | NVME_CMD_EFF_LBCC,
[NVME_CMD_ZONE_MGMT_RECV] = NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP,
};
static void nvme_process_sq(void *opaque);
static uint16_t nvme_sqid(NvmeRequest *req)
{
return le16_to_cpu(req->sq->sqid);
}
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
static void nvme_assign_zone_state(NvmeNamespace *ns, NvmeZone *zone,
NvmeZoneState state)
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
{
if (QTAILQ_IN_USE(zone, entry)) {
switch (nvme_get_zone_state(zone)) {
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_EXPLICITLY_OPEN:
QTAILQ_REMOVE(&ns->exp_open_zones, zone, entry);
break;
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_IMPLICITLY_OPEN:
QTAILQ_REMOVE(&ns->imp_open_zones, zone, entry);
break;
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_CLOSED:
QTAILQ_REMOVE(&ns->closed_zones, zone, entry);
break;
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_FULL:
QTAILQ_REMOVE(&ns->full_zones, zone, entry);
default:
;
}
}
nvme_set_zone_state(zone, state);
switch (state) {
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_EXPLICITLY_OPEN:
QTAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&ns->exp_open_zones, zone, entry);
break;
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_IMPLICITLY_OPEN:
QTAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&ns->imp_open_zones, zone, entry);
break;
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_CLOSED:
QTAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&ns->closed_zones, zone, entry);
break;
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_FULL:
QTAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&ns->full_zones, zone, entry);
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_READ_ONLY:
break;
default:
zone->d.za = 0;
}
}
/*
* Check if we can open a zone without exceeding open/active limits.
* AOR stands for "Active and Open Resources" (see TP 4053 section 2.5).
*/
static int nvme_aor_check(NvmeNamespace *ns, uint32_t act, uint32_t opn)
{
if (ns->params.max_active_zones != 0 &&
ns->nr_active_zones + act > ns->params.max_active_zones) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_insuff_active_res(ns->params.max_active_zones);
return NVME_ZONE_TOO_MANY_ACTIVE | NVME_DNR;
}
if (ns->params.max_open_zones != 0 &&
ns->nr_open_zones + opn > ns->params.max_open_zones) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_insuff_open_res(ns->params.max_open_zones);
return NVME_ZONE_TOO_MANY_OPEN | NVME_DNR;
}
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
static bool nvme_addr_is_cmb(NvmeCtrl *n, hwaddr addr)
{
hwaddr hi, lo;
if (!n->cmb.cmse) {
return false;
}
lo = n->params.legacy_cmb ? n->cmb.mem.addr : n->cmb.cba;
hi = lo + int128_get64(n->cmb.mem.size);
return addr >= lo && addr < hi;
}
static inline void *nvme_addr_to_cmb(NvmeCtrl *n, hwaddr addr)
{
hwaddr base = n->params.legacy_cmb ? n->cmb.mem.addr : n->cmb.cba;
return &n->cmb.buf[addr - base];
}
static bool nvme_addr_is_pmr(NvmeCtrl *n, hwaddr addr)
{
hwaddr hi;
if (!n->pmr.cmse) {
return false;
}
hi = n->pmr.cba + int128_get64(n->pmr.dev->mr.size);
return addr >= n->pmr.cba && addr < hi;
}
static inline void *nvme_addr_to_pmr(NvmeCtrl *n, hwaddr addr)
{
return memory_region_get_ram_ptr(&n->pmr.dev->mr) + (addr - n->pmr.cba);
}
static int nvme_addr_read(NvmeCtrl *n, hwaddr addr, void *buf, int size)
{
hwaddr hi = addr + size - 1;
if (hi < addr) {
return 1;
}
if (n->bar.cmbsz && nvme_addr_is_cmb(n, addr) && nvme_addr_is_cmb(n, hi)) {
memcpy(buf, nvme_addr_to_cmb(n, addr), size);
return 0;
}
if (nvme_addr_is_pmr(n, addr) && nvme_addr_is_pmr(n, hi)) {
memcpy(buf, nvme_addr_to_pmr(n, addr), size);
return 0;
}
return pci_dma_read(&n->parent_obj, addr, buf, size);
}
static int nvme_addr_write(NvmeCtrl *n, hwaddr addr, void *buf, int size)
{
hwaddr hi = addr + size - 1;
if (hi < addr) {
return 1;
}
if (n->bar.cmbsz && nvme_addr_is_cmb(n, addr) && nvme_addr_is_cmb(n, hi)) {
memcpy(nvme_addr_to_cmb(n, addr), buf, size);
return 0;
}
if (nvme_addr_is_pmr(n, addr) && nvme_addr_is_pmr(n, hi)) {
memcpy(nvme_addr_to_pmr(n, addr), buf, size);
return 0;
}
return pci_dma_write(&n->parent_obj, addr, buf, size);
}
static bool nvme_nsid_valid(NvmeCtrl *n, uint32_t nsid)
{
return nsid &&
(nsid == NVME_NSID_BROADCAST || nsid <= NVME_MAX_NAMESPACES);
}
static int nvme_check_sqid(NvmeCtrl *n, uint16_t sqid)
{
return sqid < n->params.max_ioqpairs + 1 && n->sq[sqid] != NULL ? 0 : -1;
}
static int nvme_check_cqid(NvmeCtrl *n, uint16_t cqid)
{
return cqid < n->params.max_ioqpairs + 1 && n->cq[cqid] != NULL ? 0 : -1;
}
static void nvme_inc_cq_tail(NvmeCQueue *cq)
{
cq->tail++;
if (cq->tail >= cq->size) {
cq->tail = 0;
cq->phase = !cq->phase;
}
}
static void nvme_inc_sq_head(NvmeSQueue *sq)
{
sq->head = (sq->head + 1) % sq->size;
}
static uint8_t nvme_cq_full(NvmeCQueue *cq)
{
return (cq->tail + 1) % cq->size == cq->head;
}
static uint8_t nvme_sq_empty(NvmeSQueue *sq)
{
return sq->head == sq->tail;
}
static void nvme_irq_check(NvmeCtrl *n)
{
uint32_t intms = ldl_le_p(&n->bar.intms);
if (msix_enabled(&(n->parent_obj))) {
return;
}
if (~intms & n->irq_status) {
pci_irq_assert(&n->parent_obj);
} else {
pci_irq_deassert(&n->parent_obj);
}
}
static void nvme_irq_assert(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeCQueue *cq)
{
if (cq->irq_enabled) {
if (msix_enabled(&(n->parent_obj))) {
trace_pci_nvme_irq_msix(cq->vector);
msix_notify(&(n->parent_obj), cq->vector);
} else {
trace_pci_nvme_irq_pin();
assert(cq->vector < 32);
n->irq_status |= 1 << cq->vector;
nvme_irq_check(n);
}
} else {
trace_pci_nvme_irq_masked();
}
}
static void nvme_irq_deassert(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeCQueue *cq)
{
if (cq->irq_enabled) {
if (msix_enabled(&(n->parent_obj))) {
return;
} else {
assert(cq->vector < 32);
if (!n->cq_pending) {
n->irq_status &= ~(1 << cq->vector);
}
nvme_irq_check(n);
}
}
}
static void nvme_req_clear(NvmeRequest *req)
{
req->ns = NULL;
req->opaque = NULL;
req->aiocb = NULL;
memset(&req->cqe, 0x0, sizeof(req->cqe));
req->status = NVME_SUCCESS;
}
static inline void nvme_sg_init(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeSg *sg, bool dma)
{
if (dma) {
pci_dma_sglist_init(&sg->qsg, &n->parent_obj, 0);
sg->flags = NVME_SG_DMA;
} else {
qemu_iovec_init(&sg->iov, 0);
}
sg->flags |= NVME_SG_ALLOC;
}
static inline void nvme_sg_unmap(NvmeSg *sg)
{
if (!(sg->flags & NVME_SG_ALLOC)) {
return;
}
if (sg->flags & NVME_SG_DMA) {
qemu_sglist_destroy(&sg->qsg);
} else {
qemu_iovec_destroy(&sg->iov);
}
memset(sg, 0x0, sizeof(*sg));
}
/*
* When metadata is transfered as extended LBAs, the DPTR mapped into `sg`
* holds both data and metadata. This function splits the data and metadata
* into two separate QSG/IOVs.
*/
static void nvme_sg_split(NvmeSg *sg, NvmeNamespace *ns, NvmeSg *data,
NvmeSg *mdata)
{
NvmeSg *dst = data;
uint32_t trans_len, count = ns->lbasz;
uint64_t offset = 0;
bool dma = sg->flags & NVME_SG_DMA;
size_t sge_len;
size_t sg_len = dma ? sg->qsg.size : sg->iov.size;
int sg_idx = 0;
assert(sg->flags & NVME_SG_ALLOC);
while (sg_len) {
sge_len = dma ? sg->qsg.sg[sg_idx].len : sg->iov.iov[sg_idx].iov_len;
trans_len = MIN(sg_len, count);
trans_len = MIN(trans_len, sge_len - offset);
if (dst) {
if (dma) {
qemu_sglist_add(&dst->qsg, sg->qsg.sg[sg_idx].base + offset,
trans_len);
} else {
qemu_iovec_add(&dst->iov,
sg->iov.iov[sg_idx].iov_base + offset,
trans_len);
}
}
sg_len -= trans_len;
count -= trans_len;
offset += trans_len;
if (count == 0) {
dst = (dst == data) ? mdata : data;
count = (dst == data) ? ns->lbasz : ns->lbaf.ms;
}
if (sge_len == offset) {
offset = 0;
sg_idx++;
}
}
}
static uint16_t nvme_map_addr_cmb(NvmeCtrl *n, QEMUIOVector *iov, hwaddr addr,
size_t len)
{
if (!len) {
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
trace_pci_nvme_map_addr_cmb(addr, len);
if (!nvme_addr_is_cmb(n, addr) || !nvme_addr_is_cmb(n, addr + len - 1)) {
return NVME_DATA_TRAS_ERROR;
}
qemu_iovec_add(iov, nvme_addr_to_cmb(n, addr), len);
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
static uint16_t nvme_map_addr_pmr(NvmeCtrl *n, QEMUIOVector *iov, hwaddr addr,
size_t len)
{
if (!len) {
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
if (!nvme_addr_is_pmr(n, addr) || !nvme_addr_is_pmr(n, addr + len - 1)) {
return NVME_DATA_TRAS_ERROR;
}
qemu_iovec_add(iov, nvme_addr_to_pmr(n, addr), len);
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
static uint16_t nvme_map_addr(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeSg *sg, hwaddr addr, size_t len)
{
bool cmb = false, pmr = false;
if (!len) {
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
trace_pci_nvme_map_addr(addr, len);
if (nvme_addr_is_cmb(n, addr)) {
cmb = true;
} else if (nvme_addr_is_pmr(n, addr)) {
pmr = true;
}
if (cmb || pmr) {
if (sg->flags & NVME_SG_DMA) {
return NVME_INVALID_USE_OF_CMB | NVME_DNR;
}
if (sg->iov.niov + 1 > IOV_MAX) {
goto max_mappings_exceeded;
}
if (cmb) {
return nvme_map_addr_cmb(n, &sg->iov, addr, len);
} else {
return nvme_map_addr_pmr(n, &sg->iov, addr, len);
}
}
if (!(sg->flags & NVME_SG_DMA)) {
return NVME_INVALID_USE_OF_CMB | NVME_DNR;
}
if (sg->qsg.nsg + 1 > IOV_MAX) {
goto max_mappings_exceeded;
}
qemu_sglist_add(&sg->qsg, addr, len);
return NVME_SUCCESS;
max_mappings_exceeded:
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_too_many_mappings,
"number of mappings exceed 1024");
return NVME_INTERNAL_DEV_ERROR | NVME_DNR;
}
static inline bool nvme_addr_is_dma(NvmeCtrl *n, hwaddr addr)
{
return !(nvme_addr_is_cmb(n, addr) || nvme_addr_is_pmr(n, addr));
}
static uint16_t nvme_map_prp(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeSg *sg, uint64_t prp1,
uint64_t prp2, uint32_t len)
{
hwaddr trans_len = n->page_size - (prp1 % n->page_size);
trans_len = MIN(len, trans_len);
int num_prps = (len >> n->page_bits) + 1;
uint16_t status;
int ret;
trace_pci_nvme_map_prp(trans_len, len, prp1, prp2, num_prps);
nvme_sg_init(n, sg, nvme_addr_is_dma(n, prp1));
status = nvme_map_addr(n, sg, prp1, trans_len);
if (status) {
goto unmap;
}
len -= trans_len;
if (len) {
if (len > n->page_size) {
uint64_t prp_list[n->max_prp_ents];
uint32_t nents, prp_trans;
int i = 0;
/*
* The first PRP list entry, pointed to by PRP2 may contain offset.
* Hence, we need to calculate the number of entries in based on
* that offset.
*/
nents = (n->page_size - (prp2 & (n->page_size - 1))) >> 3;
prp_trans = MIN(n->max_prp_ents, nents) * sizeof(uint64_t);
ret = nvme_addr_read(n, prp2, (void *)prp_list, prp_trans);
if (ret) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_addr_read(prp2);
status = NVME_DATA_TRAS_ERROR;
goto unmap;
}
while (len != 0) {
uint64_t prp_ent = le64_to_cpu(prp_list[i]);
if (i == nents - 1 && len > n->page_size) {
if (unlikely(prp_ent & (n->page_size - 1))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_prplist_ent(prp_ent);
status = NVME_INVALID_PRP_OFFSET | NVME_DNR;
goto unmap;
}
i = 0;
nents = (len + n->page_size - 1) >> n->page_bits;
nents = MIN(nents, n->max_prp_ents);
prp_trans = nents * sizeof(uint64_t);
ret = nvme_addr_read(n, prp_ent, (void *)prp_list,
prp_trans);
if (ret) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_addr_read(prp_ent);
status = NVME_DATA_TRAS_ERROR;
goto unmap;
}
prp_ent = le64_to_cpu(prp_list[i]);
}
if (unlikely(prp_ent & (n->page_size - 1))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_prplist_ent(prp_ent);
status = NVME_INVALID_PRP_OFFSET | NVME_DNR;
goto unmap;
}
trans_len = MIN(len, n->page_size);
status = nvme_map_addr(n, sg, prp_ent, trans_len);
if (status) {
goto unmap;
}
len -= trans_len;
i++;
}
} else {
if (unlikely(prp2 & (n->page_size - 1))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_prp2_align(prp2);
status = NVME_INVALID_PRP_OFFSET | NVME_DNR;
goto unmap;
}
status = nvme_map_addr(n, sg, prp2, len);
if (status) {
goto unmap;
}
}
}
return NVME_SUCCESS;
unmap:
nvme_sg_unmap(sg);
return status;
}
/*
* Map 'nsgld' data descriptors from 'segment'. The function will subtract the
* number of bytes mapped in len.
*/
static uint16_t nvme_map_sgl_data(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeSg *sg,
NvmeSglDescriptor *segment, uint64_t nsgld,
size_t *len, NvmeCmd *cmd)
{
dma_addr_t addr, trans_len;
uint32_t dlen;
uint16_t status;
for (int i = 0; i < nsgld; i++) {
uint8_t type = NVME_SGL_TYPE(segment[i].type);
switch (type) {
case NVME_SGL_DESCR_TYPE_BIT_BUCKET:
if (cmd->opcode == NVME_CMD_WRITE) {
continue;
}
case NVME_SGL_DESCR_TYPE_DATA_BLOCK:
break;
case NVME_SGL_DESCR_TYPE_SEGMENT:
case NVME_SGL_DESCR_TYPE_LAST_SEGMENT:
return NVME_INVALID_NUM_SGL_DESCRS | NVME_DNR;
default:
return NVME_SGL_DESCR_TYPE_INVALID | NVME_DNR;
}
dlen = le32_to_cpu(segment[i].len);
if (!dlen) {
continue;
}
if (*len == 0) {
/*
* All data has been mapped, but the SGL contains additional
* segments and/or descriptors. The controller might accept
* ignoring the rest of the SGL.
*/
uint32_t sgls = le32_to_cpu(n->id_ctrl.sgls);
if (sgls & NVME_CTRL_SGLS_EXCESS_LENGTH) {
break;
}
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_sgl_excess_length(dlen);
return NVME_DATA_SGL_LEN_INVALID | NVME_DNR;
}
trans_len = MIN(*len, dlen);
if (type == NVME_SGL_DESCR_TYPE_BIT_BUCKET) {
goto next;
}
addr = le64_to_cpu(segment[i].addr);
if (UINT64_MAX - addr < dlen) {
return NVME_DATA_SGL_LEN_INVALID | NVME_DNR;
}
status = nvme_map_addr(n, sg, addr, trans_len);
if (status) {
return status;
}
next:
*len -= trans_len;
}
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
static uint16_t nvme_map_sgl(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeSg *sg, NvmeSglDescriptor sgl,
size_t len, NvmeCmd *cmd)
{
/*
* Read the segment in chunks of 256 descriptors (one 4k page) to avoid
* dynamically allocating a potentially huge SGL. The spec allows the SGL
* to be larger (as in number of bytes required to describe the SGL
* descriptors and segment chain) than the command transfer size, so it is
* not bounded by MDTS.
*/
const int SEG_CHUNK_SIZE = 256;
NvmeSglDescriptor segment[SEG_CHUNK_SIZE], *sgld, *last_sgld;
uint64_t nsgld;
uint32_t seg_len;
uint16_t status;
hwaddr addr;
int ret;
sgld = &sgl;
addr = le64_to_cpu(sgl.addr);
trace_pci_nvme_map_sgl(NVME_SGL_TYPE(sgl.type), len);
nvme_sg_init(n, sg, nvme_addr_is_dma(n, addr));
/*
* If the entire transfer can be described with a single data block it can
* be mapped directly.
*/
if (NVME_SGL_TYPE(sgl.type) == NVME_SGL_DESCR_TYPE_DATA_BLOCK) {
status = nvme_map_sgl_data(n, sg, sgld, 1, &len, cmd);
if (status) {
goto unmap;
}
goto out;
}
for (;;) {
switch (NVME_SGL_TYPE(sgld->type)) {
case NVME_SGL_DESCR_TYPE_SEGMENT:
case NVME_SGL_DESCR_TYPE_LAST_SEGMENT:
break;
default:
return NVME_INVALID_SGL_SEG_DESCR | NVME_DNR;
}
seg_len = le32_to_cpu(sgld->len);
/* check the length of the (Last) Segment descriptor */
if ((!seg_len || seg_len & 0xf) &&
(NVME_SGL_TYPE(sgld->type) != NVME_SGL_DESCR_TYPE_BIT_BUCKET)) {
return NVME_INVALID_SGL_SEG_DESCR | NVME_DNR;
}
if (UINT64_MAX - addr < seg_len) {
return NVME_DATA_SGL_LEN_INVALID | NVME_DNR;
}
nsgld = seg_len / sizeof(NvmeSglDescriptor);
while (nsgld > SEG_CHUNK_SIZE) {
if (nvme_addr_read(n, addr, segment, sizeof(segment))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_addr_read(addr);
status = NVME_DATA_TRAS_ERROR;
goto unmap;
}
status = nvme_map_sgl_data(n, sg, segment, SEG_CHUNK_SIZE,
&len, cmd);
if (status) {
goto unmap;
}
nsgld -= SEG_CHUNK_SIZE;
addr += SEG_CHUNK_SIZE * sizeof(NvmeSglDescriptor);
}
ret = nvme_addr_read(n, addr, segment, nsgld *
sizeof(NvmeSglDescriptor));
if (ret) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_addr_read(addr);
status = NVME_DATA_TRAS_ERROR;
goto unmap;
}
last_sgld = &segment[nsgld - 1];
/*
* If the segment ends with a Data Block or Bit Bucket Descriptor Type,
* then we are done.
*/
switch (NVME_SGL_TYPE(last_sgld->type)) {
case NVME_SGL_DESCR_TYPE_DATA_BLOCK:
case NVME_SGL_DESCR_TYPE_BIT_BUCKET:
status = nvme_map_sgl_data(n, sg, segment, nsgld, &len, cmd);
if (status) {
goto unmap;
}
goto out;
default:
break;
}
/*
* If the last descriptor was not a Data Block or Bit Bucket, then the
* current segment must not be a Last Segment.
*/
if (NVME_SGL_TYPE(sgld->type) == NVME_SGL_DESCR_TYPE_LAST_SEGMENT) {
status = NVME_INVALID_SGL_SEG_DESCR | NVME_DNR;
goto unmap;
}
sgld = last_sgld;
addr = le64_to_cpu(sgld->addr);
/*
* Do not map the last descriptor; it will be a Segment or Last Segment
* descriptor and is handled by the next iteration.
*/
status = nvme_map_sgl_data(n, sg, segment, nsgld - 1, &len, cmd);
if (status) {
goto unmap;
}
}
out:
/* if there is any residual left in len, the SGL was too short */
if (len) {
status = NVME_DATA_SGL_LEN_INVALID | NVME_DNR;
goto unmap;
}
return NVME_SUCCESS;
unmap:
nvme_sg_unmap(sg);
return status;
}
uint16_t nvme_map_dptr(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeSg *sg, size_t len,
NvmeCmd *cmd)
{
uint64_t prp1, prp2;
switch (NVME_CMD_FLAGS_PSDT(cmd->flags)) {
case NVME_PSDT_PRP:
prp1 = le64_to_cpu(cmd->dptr.prp1);
prp2 = le64_to_cpu(cmd->dptr.prp2);
return nvme_map_prp(n, sg, prp1, prp2, len);
case NVME_PSDT_SGL_MPTR_CONTIGUOUS:
case NVME_PSDT_SGL_MPTR_SGL:
return nvme_map_sgl(n, sg, cmd->dptr.sgl, len, cmd);
default:
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD;
}
}
static uint16_t nvme_map_mptr(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeSg *sg, size_t len,
NvmeCmd *cmd)
{
int psdt = NVME_CMD_FLAGS_PSDT(cmd->flags);
hwaddr mptr = le64_to_cpu(cmd->mptr);
uint16_t status;
if (psdt == NVME_PSDT_SGL_MPTR_SGL) {
NvmeSglDescriptor sgl;
if (nvme_addr_read(n, mptr, &sgl, sizeof(sgl))) {
return NVME_DATA_TRAS_ERROR;
}
status = nvme_map_sgl(n, sg, sgl, len, cmd);
if (status && (status & 0x7ff) == NVME_DATA_SGL_LEN_INVALID) {
status = NVME_MD_SGL_LEN_INVALID | NVME_DNR;
}
return status;
}
nvme_sg_init(n, sg, nvme_addr_is_dma(n, mptr));
status = nvme_map_addr(n, sg, mptr, len);
if (status) {
nvme_sg_unmap(sg);
}
return status;
}
static uint16_t nvme_map_data(NvmeCtrl *n, uint32_t nlb, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
NvmeRwCmd *rw = (NvmeRwCmd *)&req->cmd;
bool pi = !!NVME_ID_NS_DPS_TYPE(ns->id_ns.dps);
bool pract = !!(le16_to_cpu(rw->control) & NVME_RW_PRINFO_PRACT);
size_t len = nvme_l2b(ns, nlb);
uint16_t status;
if (nvme_ns_ext(ns) && !(pi && pract && ns->lbaf.ms == 8)) {
NvmeSg sg;
len += nvme_m2b(ns, nlb);
status = nvme_map_dptr(n, &sg, len, &req->cmd);
if (status) {
return status;
}
nvme_sg_init(n, &req->sg, sg.flags & NVME_SG_DMA);
nvme_sg_split(&sg, ns, &req->sg, NULL);
nvme_sg_unmap(&sg);
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
return nvme_map_dptr(n, &req->sg, len, &req->cmd);
}
static uint16_t nvme_map_mdata(NvmeCtrl *n, uint32_t nlb, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
size_t len = nvme_m2b(ns, nlb);
uint16_t status;
if (nvme_ns_ext(ns)) {
NvmeSg sg;
len += nvme_l2b(ns, nlb);
status = nvme_map_dptr(n, &sg, len, &req->cmd);
if (status) {
return status;
}
nvme_sg_init(n, &req->sg, sg.flags & NVME_SG_DMA);
nvme_sg_split(&sg, ns, NULL, &req->sg);
nvme_sg_unmap(&sg);
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
return nvme_map_mptr(n, &req->sg, len, &req->cmd);
}
static uint16_t nvme_tx_interleaved(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeSg *sg, uint8_t *ptr,
uint32_t len, uint32_t bytes,
int32_t skip_bytes, int64_t offset,
NvmeTxDirection dir)
{
hwaddr addr;
uint32_t trans_len, count = bytes;
bool dma = sg->flags & NVME_SG_DMA;
int64_t sge_len;
int sg_idx = 0;
int ret;
assert(sg->flags & NVME_SG_ALLOC);
while (len) {
sge_len = dma ? sg->qsg.sg[sg_idx].len : sg->iov.iov[sg_idx].iov_len;
if (sge_len - offset < 0) {
offset -= sge_len;
sg_idx++;
continue;
}
if (sge_len == offset) {
offset = 0;
sg_idx++;
continue;
}
trans_len = MIN(len, count);
trans_len = MIN(trans_len, sge_len - offset);
if (dma) {
addr = sg->qsg.sg[sg_idx].base + offset;
} else {
addr = (hwaddr)(uintptr_t)sg->iov.iov[sg_idx].iov_base + offset;
}
if (dir == NVME_TX_DIRECTION_TO_DEVICE) {
ret = nvme_addr_read(n, addr, ptr, trans_len);
} else {
ret = nvme_addr_write(n, addr, ptr, trans_len);
}
if (ret) {
return NVME_DATA_TRAS_ERROR;
}
ptr += trans_len;
len -= trans_len;
count -= trans_len;
offset += trans_len;
if (count == 0) {
count = bytes;
offset += skip_bytes;
}
}
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
static uint16_t nvme_tx(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeSg *sg, uint8_t *ptr, uint32_t len,
NvmeTxDirection dir)
{
assert(sg->flags & NVME_SG_ALLOC);
if (sg->flags & NVME_SG_DMA) {
uint64_t residual;
if (dir == NVME_TX_DIRECTION_TO_DEVICE) {
residual = dma_buf_write(ptr, len, &sg->qsg);
} else {
residual = dma_buf_read(ptr, len, &sg->qsg);
}
if (unlikely(residual)) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_dma();
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
} else {
size_t bytes;
if (dir == NVME_TX_DIRECTION_TO_DEVICE) {
bytes = qemu_iovec_to_buf(&sg->iov, 0, ptr, len);
} else {
bytes = qemu_iovec_from_buf(&sg->iov, 0, ptr, len);
}
if (unlikely(bytes != len)) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_dma();
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
}
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
static inline uint16_t nvme_c2h(NvmeCtrl *n, uint8_t *ptr, uint32_t len,
NvmeRequest *req)
{
uint16_t status;
status = nvme_map_dptr(n, &req->sg, len, &req->cmd);
if (status) {
return status;
}
return nvme_tx(n, &req->sg, ptr, len, NVME_TX_DIRECTION_FROM_DEVICE);
}
static inline uint16_t nvme_h2c(NvmeCtrl *n, uint8_t *ptr, uint32_t len,
NvmeRequest *req)
{
uint16_t status;
status = nvme_map_dptr(n, &req->sg, len, &req->cmd);
if (status) {
return status;
}
return nvme_tx(n, &req->sg, ptr, len, NVME_TX_DIRECTION_TO_DEVICE);
}
uint16_t nvme_bounce_data(NvmeCtrl *n, uint8_t *ptr, uint32_t len,
NvmeTxDirection dir, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
NvmeRwCmd *rw = (NvmeRwCmd *)&req->cmd;
bool pi = !!NVME_ID_NS_DPS_TYPE(ns->id_ns.dps);
bool pract = !!(le16_to_cpu(rw->control) & NVME_RW_PRINFO_PRACT);
if (nvme_ns_ext(ns) && !(pi && pract && ns->lbaf.ms == 8)) {
return nvme_tx_interleaved(n, &req->sg, ptr, len, ns->lbasz,
ns->lbaf.ms, 0, dir);
}
return nvme_tx(n, &req->sg, ptr, len, dir);
}
uint16_t nvme_bounce_mdata(NvmeCtrl *n, uint8_t *ptr, uint32_t len,
NvmeTxDirection dir, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
uint16_t status;
if (nvme_ns_ext(ns)) {
return nvme_tx_interleaved(n, &req->sg, ptr, len, ns->lbaf.ms,
ns->lbasz, ns->lbasz, dir);
}
nvme_sg_unmap(&req->sg);
status = nvme_map_mptr(n, &req->sg, len, &req->cmd);
if (status) {
return status;
}
return nvme_tx(n, &req->sg, ptr, len, dir);
}
static inline void nvme_blk_read(BlockBackend *blk, int64_t offset,
BlockCompletionFunc *cb, NvmeRequest *req)
{
assert(req->sg.flags & NVME_SG_ALLOC);
if (req->sg.flags & NVME_SG_DMA) {
req->aiocb = dma_blk_read(blk, &req->sg.qsg, offset, BDRV_SECTOR_SIZE,
cb, req);
} else {
req->aiocb = blk_aio_preadv(blk, offset, &req->sg.iov, 0, cb, req);
}
}
static inline void nvme_blk_write(BlockBackend *blk, int64_t offset,
BlockCompletionFunc *cb, NvmeRequest *req)
{
assert(req->sg.flags & NVME_SG_ALLOC);
if (req->sg.flags & NVME_SG_DMA) {
req->aiocb = dma_blk_write(blk, &req->sg.qsg, offset, BDRV_SECTOR_SIZE,
cb, req);
} else {
req->aiocb = blk_aio_pwritev(blk, offset, &req->sg.iov, 0, cb, req);
}
}
static void nvme_post_cqes(void *opaque)
{
NvmeCQueue *cq = opaque;
NvmeCtrl *n = cq->ctrl;
NvmeRequest *req, *next;
bool pending = cq->head != cq->tail;
int ret;
QTAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(req, &cq->req_list, entry, next) {
NvmeSQueue *sq;
hwaddr addr;
if (nvme_cq_full(cq)) {
break;
}
sq = req->sq;
req->cqe.status = cpu_to_le16((req->status << 1) | cq->phase);
req->cqe.sq_id = cpu_to_le16(sq->sqid);
req->cqe.sq_head = cpu_to_le16(sq->head);
addr = cq->dma_addr + cq->tail * n->cqe_size;
ret = pci_dma_write(&n->parent_obj, addr, (void *)&req->cqe,
sizeof(req->cqe));
if (ret) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_addr_write(addr);
trace_pci_nvme_err_cfs();
stl_le_p(&n->bar.csts, NVME_CSTS_FAILED);
break;
}
QTAILQ_REMOVE(&cq->req_list, req, entry);
nvme_inc_cq_tail(cq);
nvme_sg_unmap(&req->sg);
QTAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&sq->req_list, req, entry);
}
if (cq->tail != cq->head) {
if (cq->irq_enabled && !pending) {
n->cq_pending++;
}
nvme_irq_assert(n, cq);
}
}
static void nvme_enqueue_req_completion(NvmeCQueue *cq, NvmeRequest *req)
{
assert(cq->cqid == req->sq->cqid);
trace_pci_nvme_enqueue_req_completion(nvme_cid(req), cq->cqid,
le32_to_cpu(req->cqe.result),
le32_to_cpu(req->cqe.dw1),
req->status);
if (req->status) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_req_status(nvme_cid(req), nvme_nsid(req->ns),
req->status, req->cmd.opcode);
}
QTAILQ_REMOVE(&req->sq->out_req_list, req, entry);
QTAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&cq->req_list, req, entry);
timer_mod(cq->timer, qemu_clock_get_ns(QEMU_CLOCK_VIRTUAL) + 500);
}
static void nvme_process_aers(void *opaque)
{
NvmeCtrl *n = opaque;
NvmeAsyncEvent *event, *next;
trace_pci_nvme_process_aers(n->aer_queued);
QTAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(event, &n->aer_queue, entry, next) {
NvmeRequest *req;
NvmeAerResult *result;
/* can't post cqe if there is nothing to complete */
if (!n->outstanding_aers) {
trace_pci_nvme_no_outstanding_aers();
break;
}
/* ignore if masked (cqe posted, but event not cleared) */
if (n->aer_mask & (1 << event->result.event_type)) {
trace_pci_nvme_aer_masked(event->result.event_type, n->aer_mask);
continue;
}
QTAILQ_REMOVE(&n->aer_queue, event, entry);
n->aer_queued--;
n->aer_mask |= 1 << event->result.event_type;
n->outstanding_aers--;
req = n->aer_reqs[n->outstanding_aers];
result = (NvmeAerResult *) &req->cqe.result;
result->event_type = event->result.event_type;
result->event_info = event->result.event_info;
result->log_page = event->result.log_page;
g_free(event);
trace_pci_nvme_aer_post_cqe(result->event_type, result->event_info,
result->log_page);
nvme_enqueue_req_completion(&n->admin_cq, req);
}
}
static void nvme_enqueue_event(NvmeCtrl *n, uint8_t event_type,
uint8_t event_info, uint8_t log_page)
{
NvmeAsyncEvent *event;
trace_pci_nvme_enqueue_event(event_type, event_info, log_page);
if (n->aer_queued == n->params.aer_max_queued) {
trace_pci_nvme_enqueue_event_noqueue(n->aer_queued);
return;
}
event = g_new(NvmeAsyncEvent, 1);
event->result = (NvmeAerResult) {
.event_type = event_type,
.event_info = event_info,
.log_page = log_page,
};
QTAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&n->aer_queue, event, entry);
n->aer_queued++;
nvme_process_aers(n);
}
static void nvme_smart_event(NvmeCtrl *n, uint8_t event)
{
uint8_t aer_info;
/* Ref SPEC <Asynchronous Event Information 0x2013 SMART / Health Status> */
if (!(NVME_AEC_SMART(n->features.async_config) & event)) {
return;
}
switch (event) {
case NVME_SMART_SPARE:
aer_info = NVME_AER_INFO_SMART_SPARE_THRESH;
break;
case NVME_SMART_TEMPERATURE:
aer_info = NVME_AER_INFO_SMART_TEMP_THRESH;
break;
case NVME_SMART_RELIABILITY:
case NVME_SMART_MEDIA_READ_ONLY:
case NVME_SMART_FAILED_VOLATILE_MEDIA:
case NVME_SMART_PMR_UNRELIABLE:
aer_info = NVME_AER_INFO_SMART_RELIABILITY;
break;
default:
return;
}
nvme_enqueue_event(n, NVME_AER_TYPE_SMART, aer_info, NVME_LOG_SMART_INFO);
}
static void nvme_clear_events(NvmeCtrl *n, uint8_t event_type)
{
n->aer_mask &= ~(1 << event_type);
if (!QTAILQ_EMPTY(&n->aer_queue)) {
nvme_process_aers(n);
}
}
static inline uint16_t nvme_check_mdts(NvmeCtrl *n, size_t len)
{
uint8_t mdts = n->params.mdts;
if (mdts && len > n->page_size << mdts) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_mdts(len);
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
static inline uint16_t nvme_check_bounds(NvmeNamespace *ns, uint64_t slba,
uint32_t nlb)
{
uint64_t nsze = le64_to_cpu(ns->id_ns.nsze);
if (unlikely(UINT64_MAX - slba < nlb || slba + nlb > nsze)) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_lba_range(slba, nlb, nsze);
return NVME_LBA_RANGE | NVME_DNR;
}
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
static int nvme_block_status_all(NvmeNamespace *ns, uint64_t slba,
uint32_t nlb, int flags)
{
BlockDriverState *bs = blk_bs(ns->blkconf.blk);
int64_t pnum = 0, bytes = nvme_l2b(ns, nlb);
int64_t offset = nvme_l2b(ns, slba);
int ret;
/*
* `pnum` holds the number of bytes after offset that shares the same
* allocation status as the byte at offset. If `pnum` is different from
* `bytes`, we should check the allocation status of the next range and
* continue this until all bytes have been checked.
*/
do {
bytes -= pnum;
ret = bdrv_block_status(bs, offset, bytes, &pnum, NULL, NULL);
if (ret < 0) {
return ret;
}
trace_pci_nvme_block_status(offset, bytes, pnum, ret,
!!(ret & BDRV_BLOCK_ZERO));
if (!(ret & flags)) {
return 1;
}
offset += pnum;
} while (pnum != bytes);
return 0;
}
static uint16_t nvme_check_dulbe(NvmeNamespace *ns, uint64_t slba,
uint32_t nlb)
{
int ret;
Error *err = NULL;
ret = nvme_block_status_all(ns, slba, nlb, BDRV_BLOCK_DATA);
if (ret) {
if (ret < 0) {
error_setg_errno(&err, -ret, "unable to get block status");
error_report_err(err);
return NVME_INTERNAL_DEV_ERROR;
}
return NVME_DULB;
}
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
static void nvme_aio_err(NvmeRequest *req, int ret)
{
uint16_t status = NVME_SUCCESS;
Error *local_err = NULL;
switch (req->cmd.opcode) {
case NVME_CMD_READ:
status = NVME_UNRECOVERED_READ;
break;
case NVME_CMD_FLUSH:
case NVME_CMD_WRITE:
case NVME_CMD_WRITE_ZEROES:
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
case NVME_CMD_ZONE_APPEND:
status = NVME_WRITE_FAULT;
break;
default:
status = NVME_INTERNAL_DEV_ERROR;
break;
}
trace_pci_nvme_err_aio(nvme_cid(req), strerror(-ret), status);
error_setg_errno(&local_err, -ret, "aio failed");
error_report_err(local_err);
/*
* Set the command status code to the first encountered error but allow a
* subsequent Internal Device Error to trump it.
*/
if (req->status && status != NVME_INTERNAL_DEV_ERROR) {
return;
}
req->status = status;
}
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
static inline uint32_t nvme_zone_idx(NvmeNamespace *ns, uint64_t slba)
{
return ns->zone_size_log2 > 0 ? slba >> ns->zone_size_log2 :
slba / ns->zone_size;
}
static inline NvmeZone *nvme_get_zone_by_slba(NvmeNamespace *ns, uint64_t slba)
{
uint32_t zone_idx = nvme_zone_idx(ns, slba);
if (zone_idx >= ns->num_zones) {
return NULL;
}
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
return &ns->zone_array[zone_idx];
}
static uint16_t nvme_check_zone_state_for_write(NvmeZone *zone)
{
uint64_t zslba = zone->d.zslba;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
switch (nvme_get_zone_state(zone)) {
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_EMPTY:
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_IMPLICITLY_OPEN:
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_EXPLICITLY_OPEN:
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_CLOSED:
return NVME_SUCCESS;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_FULL:
trace_pci_nvme_err_zone_is_full(zslba);
return NVME_ZONE_FULL;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_OFFLINE:
trace_pci_nvme_err_zone_is_offline(zslba);
return NVME_ZONE_OFFLINE;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_READ_ONLY:
trace_pci_nvme_err_zone_is_read_only(zslba);
return NVME_ZONE_READ_ONLY;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
default:
assert(false);
}
return NVME_INTERNAL_DEV_ERROR;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
}
static uint16_t nvme_check_zone_write(NvmeNamespace *ns, NvmeZone *zone,
uint64_t slba, uint32_t nlb)
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
{
uint64_t zcap = nvme_zone_wr_boundary(zone);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
uint16_t status;
status = nvme_check_zone_state_for_write(zone);
if (status) {
return status;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
}
if (unlikely(slba != zone->w_ptr)) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_write_not_at_wp(slba, zone->d.zslba, zone->w_ptr);
return NVME_ZONE_INVALID_WRITE;
}
if (unlikely((slba + nlb) > zcap)) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_zone_boundary(slba, nlb, zcap);
return NVME_ZONE_BOUNDARY_ERROR;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
}
return NVME_SUCCESS;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
}
static uint16_t nvme_check_zone_state_for_read(NvmeZone *zone)
{
switch (nvme_get_zone_state(zone)) {
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_EMPTY:
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_IMPLICITLY_OPEN:
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_EXPLICITLY_OPEN:
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_FULL:
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_CLOSED:
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_READ_ONLY:
return NVME_SUCCESS;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_OFFLINE:
trace_pci_nvme_err_zone_is_offline(zone->d.zslba);
return NVME_ZONE_OFFLINE;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
default:
assert(false);
}
return NVME_INTERNAL_DEV_ERROR;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
}
static uint16_t nvme_check_zone_read(NvmeNamespace *ns, uint64_t slba,
uint32_t nlb)
{
NvmeZone *zone;
uint64_t bndry, end;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
uint16_t status;
zone = nvme_get_zone_by_slba(ns, slba);
assert(zone);
bndry = nvme_zone_rd_boundary(ns, zone);
end = slba + nlb;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
status = nvme_check_zone_state_for_read(zone);
if (status) {
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
;
} else if (unlikely(end > bndry)) {
if (!ns->params.cross_zone_read) {
status = NVME_ZONE_BOUNDARY_ERROR;
} else {
/*
* Read across zone boundary - check that all subsequent
* zones that are being read have an appropriate state.
*/
do {
zone++;
status = nvme_check_zone_state_for_read(zone);
if (status) {
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
break;
}
} while (end > nvme_zone_rd_boundary(ns, zone));
}
}
return status;
}
static uint16_t nvme_zrm_finish(NvmeNamespace *ns, NvmeZone *zone)
{
switch (nvme_get_zone_state(zone)) {
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_FULL:
return NVME_SUCCESS;
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_IMPLICITLY_OPEN:
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_EXPLICITLY_OPEN:
nvme_aor_dec_open(ns);
/* fallthrough */
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_CLOSED:
nvme_aor_dec_active(ns);
/* fallthrough */
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_EMPTY:
nvme_assign_zone_state(ns, zone, NVME_ZONE_STATE_FULL);
return NVME_SUCCESS;
default:
return NVME_ZONE_INVAL_TRANSITION;
}
}
static uint16_t nvme_zrm_close(NvmeNamespace *ns, NvmeZone *zone)
{
switch (nvme_get_zone_state(zone)) {
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_EXPLICITLY_OPEN:
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_IMPLICITLY_OPEN:
nvme_aor_dec_open(ns);
nvme_assign_zone_state(ns, zone, NVME_ZONE_STATE_CLOSED);
/* fall through */
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_CLOSED:
return NVME_SUCCESS;
default:
return NVME_ZONE_INVAL_TRANSITION;
}
}
static uint16_t nvme_zrm_reset(NvmeNamespace *ns, NvmeZone *zone)
{
switch (nvme_get_zone_state(zone)) {
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_EXPLICITLY_OPEN:
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_IMPLICITLY_OPEN:
nvme_aor_dec_open(ns);
/* fallthrough */
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_CLOSED:
nvme_aor_dec_active(ns);
/* fallthrough */
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_FULL:
zone->w_ptr = zone->d.zslba;
zone->d.wp = zone->w_ptr;
nvme_assign_zone_state(ns, zone, NVME_ZONE_STATE_EMPTY);
/* fallthrough */
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_EMPTY:
return NVME_SUCCESS;
default:
return NVME_ZONE_INVAL_TRANSITION;
}
}
static void nvme_zrm_auto_transition_zone(NvmeNamespace *ns)
{
NvmeZone *zone;
if (ns->params.max_open_zones &&
ns->nr_open_zones == ns->params.max_open_zones) {
zone = QTAILQ_FIRST(&ns->imp_open_zones);
if (zone) {
/*
* Automatically close this implicitly open zone.
*/
QTAILQ_REMOVE(&ns->imp_open_zones, zone, entry);
nvme_zrm_close(ns, zone);
}
}
}
enum {
NVME_ZRM_AUTO = 1 << 0,
};
static uint16_t nvme_zrm_open_flags(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeNamespace *ns,
NvmeZone *zone, int flags)
{
int act = 0;
uint16_t status;
switch (nvme_get_zone_state(zone)) {
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_EMPTY:
act = 1;
/* fallthrough */
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_CLOSED:
if (n->params.auto_transition_zones) {
nvme_zrm_auto_transition_zone(ns);
}
status = nvme_aor_check(ns, act, 1);
if (status) {
return status;
}
if (act) {
nvme_aor_inc_active(ns);
}
nvme_aor_inc_open(ns);
if (flags & NVME_ZRM_AUTO) {
nvme_assign_zone_state(ns, zone, NVME_ZONE_STATE_IMPLICITLY_OPEN);
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
/* fallthrough */
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_IMPLICITLY_OPEN:
if (flags & NVME_ZRM_AUTO) {
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
nvme_assign_zone_state(ns, zone, NVME_ZONE_STATE_EXPLICITLY_OPEN);
/* fallthrough */
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_EXPLICITLY_OPEN:
return NVME_SUCCESS;
default:
return NVME_ZONE_INVAL_TRANSITION;
}
}
static inline uint16_t nvme_zrm_auto(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeNamespace *ns,
NvmeZone *zone)
{
return nvme_zrm_open_flags(n, ns, zone, NVME_ZRM_AUTO);
}
static inline uint16_t nvme_zrm_open(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeNamespace *ns,
NvmeZone *zone)
{
return nvme_zrm_open_flags(n, ns, zone, 0);
}
static void nvme_advance_zone_wp(NvmeNamespace *ns, NvmeZone *zone,
uint32_t nlb)
{
zone->d.wp += nlb;
if (zone->d.wp == nvme_zone_wr_boundary(zone)) {
nvme_zrm_finish(ns, zone);
}
}
static void nvme_finalize_zoned_write(NvmeNamespace *ns, NvmeRequest *req)
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
{
NvmeRwCmd *rw = (NvmeRwCmd *)&req->cmd;
NvmeZone *zone;
uint64_t slba;
uint32_t nlb;
slba = le64_to_cpu(rw->slba);
nlb = le16_to_cpu(rw->nlb) + 1;
zone = nvme_get_zone_by_slba(ns, slba);
assert(zone);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
nvme_advance_zone_wp(ns, zone, nlb);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
}
static inline bool nvme_is_write(NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeRwCmd *rw = (NvmeRwCmd *)&req->cmd;
return rw->opcode == NVME_CMD_WRITE ||
rw->opcode == NVME_CMD_ZONE_APPEND ||
rw->opcode == NVME_CMD_WRITE_ZEROES;
}
static AioContext *nvme_get_aio_context(BlockAIOCB *acb)
{
return qemu_get_aio_context();
}
static void nvme_misc_cb(void *opaque, int ret)
{
NvmeRequest *req = opaque;
trace_pci_nvme_misc_cb(nvme_cid(req));
if (ret) {
nvme_aio_err(req, ret);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
}
nvme_enqueue_req_completion(nvme_cq(req), req);
}
void nvme_rw_complete_cb(void *opaque, int ret)
{
NvmeRequest *req = opaque;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
BlockBackend *blk = ns->blkconf.blk;
BlockAcctCookie *acct = &req->acct;
BlockAcctStats *stats = blk_get_stats(blk);
trace_pci_nvme_rw_complete_cb(nvme_cid(req), blk_name(blk));
if (ret) {
block_acct_failed(stats, acct);
nvme_aio_err(req, ret);
} else {
block_acct_done(stats, acct);
}
if (ns->params.zoned && nvme_is_write(req)) {
nvme_finalize_zoned_write(ns, req);
}
nvme_enqueue_req_completion(nvme_cq(req), req);
}
static void nvme_rw_cb(void *opaque, int ret)
{
NvmeRequest *req = opaque;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
BlockBackend *blk = ns->blkconf.blk;
trace_pci_nvme_rw_cb(nvme_cid(req), blk_name(blk));
if (ret) {
goto out;
}
if (ns->lbaf.ms) {
NvmeRwCmd *rw = (NvmeRwCmd *)&req->cmd;
uint64_t slba = le64_to_cpu(rw->slba);
uint32_t nlb = (uint32_t)le16_to_cpu(rw->nlb) + 1;
uint64_t offset = nvme_moff(ns, slba);
if (req->cmd.opcode == NVME_CMD_WRITE_ZEROES) {
size_t mlen = nvme_m2b(ns, nlb);
req->aiocb = blk_aio_pwrite_zeroes(blk, offset, mlen,
BDRV_REQ_MAY_UNMAP,
nvme_rw_complete_cb, req);
return;
}
if (nvme_ns_ext(ns) || req->cmd.mptr) {
uint16_t status;
nvme_sg_unmap(&req->sg);
status = nvme_map_mdata(nvme_ctrl(req), nlb, req);
if (status) {
ret = -EFAULT;
goto out;
}
if (req->cmd.opcode == NVME_CMD_READ) {
return nvme_blk_read(blk, offset, nvme_rw_complete_cb, req);
}
return nvme_blk_write(blk, offset, nvme_rw_complete_cb, req);
}
}
out:
nvme_rw_complete_cb(req, ret);
}
static void nvme_verify_cb(void *opaque, int ret)
{
NvmeBounceContext *ctx = opaque;
NvmeRequest *req = ctx->req;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
BlockBackend *blk = ns->blkconf.blk;
BlockAcctCookie *acct = &req->acct;
BlockAcctStats *stats = blk_get_stats(blk);
NvmeRwCmd *rw = (NvmeRwCmd *)&req->cmd;
uint64_t slba = le64_to_cpu(rw->slba);
uint8_t prinfo = NVME_RW_PRINFO(le16_to_cpu(rw->control));
uint16_t apptag = le16_to_cpu(rw->apptag);
uint16_t appmask = le16_to_cpu(rw->appmask);
uint32_t reftag = le32_to_cpu(rw->reftag);
uint16_t status;
trace_pci_nvme_verify_cb(nvme_cid(req), prinfo, apptag, appmask, reftag);
if (ret) {
block_acct_failed(stats, acct);
nvme_aio_err(req, ret);
goto out;
}
block_acct_done(stats, acct);
if (NVME_ID_NS_DPS_TYPE(ns->id_ns.dps)) {
status = nvme_dif_mangle_mdata(ns, ctx->mdata.bounce,
ctx->mdata.iov.size, slba);
if (status) {
req->status = status;
goto out;
}
req->status = nvme_dif_check(ns, ctx->data.bounce, ctx->data.iov.size,
ctx->mdata.bounce, ctx->mdata.iov.size,
prinfo, slba, apptag, appmask, &reftag);
}
out:
qemu_iovec_destroy(&ctx->data.iov);
g_free(ctx->data.bounce);
qemu_iovec_destroy(&ctx->mdata.iov);
g_free(ctx->mdata.bounce);
g_free(ctx);
nvme_enqueue_req_completion(nvme_cq(req), req);
}
static void nvme_verify_mdata_in_cb(void *opaque, int ret)
{
NvmeBounceContext *ctx = opaque;
NvmeRequest *req = ctx->req;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
NvmeRwCmd *rw = (NvmeRwCmd *)&req->cmd;
uint64_t slba = le64_to_cpu(rw->slba);
uint32_t nlb = le16_to_cpu(rw->nlb) + 1;
size_t mlen = nvme_m2b(ns, nlb);
uint64_t offset = nvme_moff(ns, slba);
BlockBackend *blk = ns->blkconf.blk;
trace_pci_nvme_verify_mdata_in_cb(nvme_cid(req), blk_name(blk));
if (ret) {
goto out;
}
ctx->mdata.bounce = g_malloc(mlen);
qemu_iovec_reset(&ctx->mdata.iov);
qemu_iovec_add(&ctx->mdata.iov, ctx->mdata.bounce, mlen);
req->aiocb = blk_aio_preadv(blk, offset, &ctx->mdata.iov, 0,
nvme_verify_cb, ctx);
return;
out:
nvme_verify_cb(ctx, ret);
}
struct nvme_compare_ctx {
struct {
QEMUIOVector iov;
uint8_t *bounce;
} data;
struct {
QEMUIOVector iov;
uint8_t *bounce;
} mdata;
};
static void nvme_compare_mdata_cb(void *opaque, int ret)
{
NvmeRequest *req = opaque;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
NvmeCtrl *n = nvme_ctrl(req);
NvmeRwCmd *rw = (NvmeRwCmd *)&req->cmd;
uint8_t prinfo = NVME_RW_PRINFO(le16_to_cpu(rw->control));
uint16_t apptag = le16_to_cpu(rw->apptag);
uint16_t appmask = le16_to_cpu(rw->appmask);
uint32_t reftag = le32_to_cpu(rw->reftag);
struct nvme_compare_ctx *ctx = req->opaque;
g_autofree uint8_t *buf = NULL;
BlockBackend *blk = ns->blkconf.blk;
BlockAcctCookie *acct = &req->acct;
BlockAcctStats *stats = blk_get_stats(blk);
uint16_t status = NVME_SUCCESS;
trace_pci_nvme_compare_mdata_cb(nvme_cid(req));
if (ret) {
block_acct_failed(stats, acct);
nvme_aio_err(req, ret);
goto out;
}
buf = g_malloc(ctx->mdata.iov.size);
status = nvme_bounce_mdata(n, buf, ctx->mdata.iov.size,
NVME_TX_DIRECTION_TO_DEVICE, req);
if (status) {
req->status = status;
goto out;
}
if (NVME_ID_NS_DPS_TYPE(ns->id_ns.dps)) {
uint64_t slba = le64_to_cpu(rw->slba);
uint8_t *bufp;
uint8_t *mbufp = ctx->mdata.bounce;
uint8_t *end = mbufp + ctx->mdata.iov.size;
int16_t pil = 0;
status = nvme_dif_check(ns, ctx->data.bounce, ctx->data.iov.size,
ctx->mdata.bounce, ctx->mdata.iov.size, prinfo,
slba, apptag, appmask, &reftag);
if (status) {
req->status = status;
goto out;
}
/*
* When formatted with protection information, do not compare the DIF
* tuple.
*/
if (!(ns->id_ns.dps & NVME_ID_NS_DPS_FIRST_EIGHT)) {
pil = ns->lbaf.ms - sizeof(NvmeDifTuple);
}
for (bufp = buf; mbufp < end; bufp += ns->lbaf.ms, mbufp += ns->lbaf.ms) {
if (memcmp(bufp + pil, mbufp + pil, ns->lbaf.ms - pil)) {
req->status = NVME_CMP_FAILURE;
goto out;
}
}
goto out;
}
if (memcmp(buf, ctx->mdata.bounce, ctx->mdata.iov.size)) {
req->status = NVME_CMP_FAILURE;
goto out;
}
block_acct_done(stats, acct);
out:
qemu_iovec_destroy(&ctx->data.iov);
g_free(ctx->data.bounce);
qemu_iovec_destroy(&ctx->mdata.iov);
g_free(ctx->mdata.bounce);
g_free(ctx);
nvme_enqueue_req_completion(nvme_cq(req), req);
}
static void nvme_compare_data_cb(void *opaque, int ret)
{
NvmeRequest *req = opaque;
NvmeCtrl *n = nvme_ctrl(req);
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
BlockBackend *blk = ns->blkconf.blk;
BlockAcctCookie *acct = &req->acct;
BlockAcctStats *stats = blk_get_stats(blk);
struct nvme_compare_ctx *ctx = req->opaque;
g_autofree uint8_t *buf = NULL;
uint16_t status;
trace_pci_nvme_compare_data_cb(nvme_cid(req));
if (ret) {
block_acct_failed(stats, acct);
nvme_aio_err(req, ret);
goto out;
}
buf = g_malloc(ctx->data.iov.size);
status = nvme_bounce_data(n, buf, ctx->data.iov.size,
NVME_TX_DIRECTION_TO_DEVICE, req);
if (status) {
req->status = status;
goto out;
}
if (memcmp(buf, ctx->data.bounce, ctx->data.iov.size)) {
req->status = NVME_CMP_FAILURE;
goto out;
}
if (ns->lbaf.ms) {
NvmeRwCmd *rw = (NvmeRwCmd *)&req->cmd;
uint64_t slba = le64_to_cpu(rw->slba);
uint32_t nlb = le16_to_cpu(rw->nlb) + 1;
size_t mlen = nvme_m2b(ns, nlb);
uint64_t offset = nvme_moff(ns, slba);
ctx->mdata.bounce = g_malloc(mlen);
qemu_iovec_init(&ctx->mdata.iov, 1);
qemu_iovec_add(&ctx->mdata.iov, ctx->mdata.bounce, mlen);
req->aiocb = blk_aio_preadv(blk, offset, &ctx->mdata.iov, 0,
nvme_compare_mdata_cb, req);
return;
}
block_acct_done(stats, acct);
out:
qemu_iovec_destroy(&ctx->data.iov);
g_free(ctx->data.bounce);
g_free(ctx);
nvme_enqueue_req_completion(nvme_cq(req), req);
}
typedef struct NvmeDSMAIOCB {
BlockAIOCB common;
BlockAIOCB *aiocb;
NvmeRequest *req;
QEMUBH *bh;
int ret;
NvmeDsmRange *range;
unsigned int nr;
unsigned int idx;
} NvmeDSMAIOCB;
static void nvme_dsm_cancel(BlockAIOCB *aiocb)
{
NvmeDSMAIOCB *iocb = container_of(aiocb, NvmeDSMAIOCB, common);
/* break nvme_dsm_cb loop */
iocb->idx = iocb->nr;
iocb->ret = -ECANCELED;
if (iocb->aiocb) {
blk_aio_cancel_async(iocb->aiocb);
iocb->aiocb = NULL;
} else {
/*
* We only reach this if nvme_dsm_cancel() has already been called or
* the command ran to completion and nvme_dsm_bh is scheduled to run.
*/
assert(iocb->idx == iocb->nr);
}
}
static const AIOCBInfo nvme_dsm_aiocb_info = {
.aiocb_size = sizeof(NvmeDSMAIOCB),
.cancel_async = nvme_dsm_cancel,
};
static void nvme_dsm_bh(void *opaque)
{
NvmeDSMAIOCB *iocb = opaque;
iocb->common.cb(iocb->common.opaque, iocb->ret);
qemu_bh_delete(iocb->bh);
iocb->bh = NULL;
qemu_aio_unref(iocb);
}
static void nvme_dsm_cb(void *opaque, int ret);
static void nvme_dsm_md_cb(void *opaque, int ret)
{
NvmeDSMAIOCB *iocb = opaque;
NvmeRequest *req = iocb->req;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
NvmeDsmRange *range;
uint64_t slba;
uint32_t nlb;
if (ret < 0) {
iocb->ret = ret;
goto done;
}
if (!ns->lbaf.ms) {
nvme_dsm_cb(iocb, 0);
return;
}
range = &iocb->range[iocb->idx - 1];
slba = le64_to_cpu(range->slba);
nlb = le32_to_cpu(range->nlb);
/*
* Check that all block were discarded (zeroed); otherwise we do not zero
* the metadata.
*/
ret = nvme_block_status_all(ns, slba, nlb, BDRV_BLOCK_ZERO);
if (ret) {
if (ret < 0) {
iocb->ret = ret;
goto done;
}
nvme_dsm_cb(iocb, 0);
}
iocb->aiocb = blk_aio_pwrite_zeroes(ns->blkconf.blk, nvme_moff(ns, slba),
nvme_m2b(ns, nlb), BDRV_REQ_MAY_UNMAP,
nvme_dsm_cb, iocb);
return;
done:
iocb->aiocb = NULL;
qemu_bh_schedule(iocb->bh);
}
static void nvme_dsm_cb(void *opaque, int ret)
{
NvmeDSMAIOCB *iocb = opaque;
NvmeRequest *req = iocb->req;
NvmeCtrl *n = nvme_ctrl(req);
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
NvmeDsmRange *range;
uint64_t slba;
uint32_t nlb;
if (ret < 0) {
iocb->ret = ret;
goto done;
}
next:
if (iocb->idx == iocb->nr) {
goto done;
}
range = &iocb->range[iocb->idx++];
slba = le64_to_cpu(range->slba);
nlb = le32_to_cpu(range->nlb);
trace_pci_nvme_dsm_deallocate(slba, nlb);
if (nlb > n->dmrsl) {
trace_pci_nvme_dsm_single_range_limit_exceeded(nlb, n->dmrsl);
goto next;
}
if (nvme_check_bounds(ns, slba, nlb)) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_lba_range(slba, nlb,
ns->id_ns.nsze);
goto next;
}
iocb->aiocb = blk_aio_pdiscard(ns->blkconf.blk, nvme_l2b(ns, slba),
nvme_l2b(ns, nlb),
nvme_dsm_md_cb, iocb);
return;
done:
iocb->aiocb = NULL;
qemu_bh_schedule(iocb->bh);
}
static uint16_t nvme_dsm(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
NvmeDsmCmd *dsm = (NvmeDsmCmd *) &req->cmd;
uint32_t attr = le32_to_cpu(dsm->attributes);
uint32_t nr = (le32_to_cpu(dsm->nr) & 0xff) + 1;
uint16_t status = NVME_SUCCESS;
trace_pci_nvme_dsm(nr, attr);
if (attr & NVME_DSMGMT_AD) {
NvmeDSMAIOCB *iocb = blk_aio_get(&nvme_dsm_aiocb_info, ns->blkconf.blk,
nvme_misc_cb, req);
iocb->req = req;
iocb->bh = qemu_bh_new(nvme_dsm_bh, iocb);
iocb->ret = 0;
iocb->range = g_new(NvmeDsmRange, nr);
iocb->nr = nr;
iocb->idx = 0;
status = nvme_h2c(n, (uint8_t *)iocb->range, sizeof(NvmeDsmRange) * nr,
req);
if (status) {
return status;
}
req->aiocb = &iocb->common;
nvme_dsm_cb(iocb, 0);
return NVME_NO_COMPLETE;
}
return status;
}
static uint16_t nvme_verify(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeRwCmd *rw = (NvmeRwCmd *)&req->cmd;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
BlockBackend *blk = ns->blkconf.blk;
uint64_t slba = le64_to_cpu(rw->slba);
uint32_t nlb = le16_to_cpu(rw->nlb) + 1;
size_t len = nvme_l2b(ns, nlb);
int64_t offset = nvme_l2b(ns, slba);
uint8_t prinfo = NVME_RW_PRINFO(le16_to_cpu(rw->control));
uint32_t reftag = le32_to_cpu(rw->reftag);
NvmeBounceContext *ctx = NULL;
uint16_t status;
trace_pci_nvme_verify(nvme_cid(req), nvme_nsid(ns), slba, nlb);
if (NVME_ID_NS_DPS_TYPE(ns->id_ns.dps)) {
status = nvme_check_prinfo(ns, prinfo, slba, reftag);
if (status) {
return status;
}
if (prinfo & NVME_PRINFO_PRACT) {
return NVME_INVALID_PROT_INFO | NVME_DNR;
}
}
if (len > n->page_size << n->params.vsl) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
status = nvme_check_bounds(ns, slba, nlb);
if (status) {
return status;
}
if (NVME_ERR_REC_DULBE(ns->features.err_rec)) {
status = nvme_check_dulbe(ns, slba, nlb);
if (status) {
return status;
}
}
ctx = g_new0(NvmeBounceContext, 1);
ctx->req = req;
ctx->data.bounce = g_malloc(len);
qemu_iovec_init(&ctx->data.iov, 1);
qemu_iovec_add(&ctx->data.iov, ctx->data.bounce, len);
block_acct_start(blk_get_stats(blk), &req->acct, ctx->data.iov.size,
BLOCK_ACCT_READ);
req->aiocb = blk_aio_preadv(ns->blkconf.blk, offset, &ctx->data.iov, 0,
nvme_verify_mdata_in_cb, ctx);
return NVME_NO_COMPLETE;
}
typedef struct NvmeCopyAIOCB {
BlockAIOCB common;
BlockAIOCB *aiocb;
NvmeRequest *req;
QEMUBH *bh;
int ret;
NvmeCopySourceRange *ranges;
int nr;
int idx;
uint8_t *bounce;
QEMUIOVector iov;
struct {
BlockAcctCookie read;
BlockAcctCookie write;
} acct;
uint32_t reftag;
uint64_t slba;
NvmeZone *zone;
} NvmeCopyAIOCB;
static void nvme_copy_cancel(BlockAIOCB *aiocb)
{
NvmeCopyAIOCB *iocb = container_of(aiocb, NvmeCopyAIOCB, common);
iocb->ret = -ECANCELED;
if (iocb->aiocb) {
blk_aio_cancel_async(iocb->aiocb);
iocb->aiocb = NULL;
}
}
static const AIOCBInfo nvme_copy_aiocb_info = {
.aiocb_size = sizeof(NvmeCopyAIOCB),
.cancel_async = nvme_copy_cancel,
};
static void nvme_copy_bh(void *opaque)
{
NvmeCopyAIOCB *iocb = opaque;
NvmeRequest *req = iocb->req;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
BlockAcctStats *stats = blk_get_stats(ns->blkconf.blk);
if (iocb->idx != iocb->nr) {
req->cqe.result = cpu_to_le32(iocb->idx);
}
qemu_iovec_destroy(&iocb->iov);
g_free(iocb->bounce);
qemu_bh_delete(iocb->bh);
iocb->bh = NULL;
if (iocb->ret < 0) {
block_acct_failed(stats, &iocb->acct.read);
block_acct_failed(stats, &iocb->acct.write);
} else {
block_acct_done(stats, &iocb->acct.read);
block_acct_done(stats, &iocb->acct.write);
}
iocb->common.cb(iocb->common.opaque, iocb->ret);
qemu_aio_unref(iocb);
}
static void nvme_copy_cb(void *opaque, int ret);
static void nvme_copy_out_completed_cb(void *opaque, int ret)
{
NvmeCopyAIOCB *iocb = opaque;
NvmeRequest *req = iocb->req;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
NvmeCopySourceRange *range = &iocb->ranges[iocb->idx];
uint32_t nlb = le32_to_cpu(range->nlb) + 1;
if (ret < 0) {
iocb->ret = ret;
goto out;
} else if (iocb->ret < 0) {
goto out;
}
if (ns->params.zoned) {
nvme_advance_zone_wp(ns, iocb->zone, nlb);
}
iocb->idx++;
iocb->slba += nlb;
out:
nvme_copy_cb(iocb, iocb->ret);
}
static void nvme_copy_out_cb(void *opaque, int ret)
{
NvmeCopyAIOCB *iocb = opaque;
NvmeRequest *req = iocb->req;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
NvmeCopySourceRange *range;
uint32_t nlb;
size_t mlen;
uint8_t *mbounce;
if (ret < 0) {
iocb->ret = ret;
goto out;
} else if (iocb->ret < 0) {
goto out;
}
if (!ns->lbaf.ms) {
nvme_copy_out_completed_cb(iocb, 0);
return;
}
range = &iocb->ranges[iocb->idx];
nlb = le32_to_cpu(range->nlb) + 1;
mlen = nvme_m2b(ns, nlb);
mbounce = iocb->bounce + nvme_l2b(ns, nlb);
qemu_iovec_reset(&iocb->iov);
qemu_iovec_add(&iocb->iov, mbounce, mlen);
iocb->aiocb = blk_aio_pwritev(ns->blkconf.blk, nvme_moff(ns, iocb->slba),
&iocb->iov, 0, nvme_copy_out_completed_cb,
iocb);
return;
out:
nvme_copy_cb(iocb, ret);
}
static void nvme_copy_in_completed_cb(void *opaque, int ret)
{
NvmeCopyAIOCB *iocb = opaque;
NvmeRequest *req = iocb->req;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
NvmeCopySourceRange *range;
uint32_t nlb;
size_t len;
uint16_t status;
if (ret < 0) {
iocb->ret = ret;
goto out;
} else if (iocb->ret < 0) {
goto out;
}
range = &iocb->ranges[iocb->idx];
nlb = le32_to_cpu(range->nlb) + 1;
len = nvme_l2b(ns, nlb);
trace_pci_nvme_copy_out(iocb->slba, nlb);
if (NVME_ID_NS_DPS_TYPE(ns->id_ns.dps)) {
NvmeCopyCmd *copy = (NvmeCopyCmd *)&req->cmd;
uint16_t prinfor = ((copy->control[0] >> 4) & 0xf);
uint16_t prinfow = ((copy->control[2] >> 2) & 0xf);
uint16_t apptag = le16_to_cpu(range->apptag);
uint16_t appmask = le16_to_cpu(range->appmask);
uint32_t reftag = le32_to_cpu(range->reftag);
uint64_t slba = le64_to_cpu(range->slba);
size_t mlen = nvme_m2b(ns, nlb);
uint8_t *mbounce = iocb->bounce + nvme_l2b(ns, nlb);
status = nvme_dif_check(ns, iocb->bounce, len, mbounce, mlen, prinfor,
slba, apptag, appmask, &reftag);
if (status) {
goto invalid;
}
apptag = le16_to_cpu(copy->apptag);
appmask = le16_to_cpu(copy->appmask);
if (prinfow & NVME_PRINFO_PRACT) {
status = nvme_check_prinfo(ns, prinfow, iocb->slba, iocb->reftag);
if (status) {
goto invalid;
}
nvme_dif_pract_generate_dif(ns, iocb->bounce, len, mbounce, mlen,
apptag, &iocb->reftag);
} else {
status = nvme_dif_check(ns, iocb->bounce, len, mbounce, mlen,
prinfow, iocb->slba, apptag, appmask,
&iocb->reftag);
if (status) {
goto invalid;
}
}
}
status = nvme_check_bounds(ns, iocb->slba, nlb);
if (status) {
goto invalid;
}
if (ns->params.zoned) {
status = nvme_check_zone_write(ns, iocb->zone, iocb->slba, nlb);
if (status) {
goto invalid;
}
iocb->zone->w_ptr += nlb;
}
qemu_iovec_reset(&iocb->iov);
qemu_iovec_add(&iocb->iov, iocb->bounce, len);
iocb->aiocb = blk_aio_pwritev(ns->blkconf.blk, nvme_l2b(ns, iocb->slba),
&iocb->iov, 0, nvme_copy_out_cb, iocb);
return;
invalid:
req->status = status;
iocb->aiocb = NULL;
if (iocb->bh) {
qemu_bh_schedule(iocb->bh);
}
return;
out:
nvme_copy_cb(iocb, ret);
}
static void nvme_copy_in_cb(void *opaque, int ret)
{
NvmeCopyAIOCB *iocb = opaque;
NvmeRequest *req = iocb->req;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
NvmeCopySourceRange *range;
uint64_t slba;
uint32_t nlb;
if (ret < 0) {
iocb->ret = ret;
goto out;
} else if (iocb->ret < 0) {
goto out;
}
if (!ns->lbaf.ms) {
nvme_copy_in_completed_cb(iocb, 0);
return;
}
range = &iocb->ranges[iocb->idx];
slba = le64_to_cpu(range->slba);
nlb = le32_to_cpu(range->nlb) + 1;
qemu_iovec_reset(&iocb->iov);
qemu_iovec_add(&iocb->iov, iocb->bounce + nvme_l2b(ns, nlb),
nvme_m2b(ns, nlb));
iocb->aiocb = blk_aio_preadv(ns->blkconf.blk, nvme_moff(ns, slba),
&iocb->iov, 0, nvme_copy_in_completed_cb,
iocb);
return;
out:
nvme_copy_cb(iocb, iocb->ret);
}
static void nvme_copy_cb(void *opaque, int ret)
{
NvmeCopyAIOCB *iocb = opaque;
NvmeRequest *req = iocb->req;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
NvmeCopySourceRange *range;
uint64_t slba;
uint32_t nlb;
size_t len;
uint16_t status;
if (ret < 0) {
iocb->ret = ret;
goto done;
} else if (iocb->ret < 0) {
goto done;
}
if (iocb->idx == iocb->nr) {
goto done;
}
range = &iocb->ranges[iocb->idx];
slba = le64_to_cpu(range->slba);
nlb = le32_to_cpu(range->nlb) + 1;
len = nvme_l2b(ns, nlb);
trace_pci_nvme_copy_source_range(slba, nlb);
if (nlb > le16_to_cpu(ns->id_ns.mssrl)) {
status = NVME_CMD_SIZE_LIMIT | NVME_DNR;
goto invalid;
}
status = nvme_check_bounds(ns, slba, nlb);
if (status) {
goto invalid;
}
if (NVME_ERR_REC_DULBE(ns->features.err_rec)) {
status = nvme_check_dulbe(ns, slba, nlb);
if (status) {
goto invalid;
}
}
if (ns->params.zoned) {
status = nvme_check_zone_read(ns, slba, nlb);
if (status) {
goto invalid;
}
}
qemu_iovec_reset(&iocb->iov);
qemu_iovec_add(&iocb->iov, iocb->bounce, len);
iocb->aiocb = blk_aio_preadv(ns->blkconf.blk, nvme_l2b(ns, slba),
&iocb->iov, 0, nvme_copy_in_cb, iocb);
return;
invalid:
req->status = status;
done:
iocb->aiocb = NULL;
if (iocb->bh) {
qemu_bh_schedule(iocb->bh);
}
}
static uint16_t nvme_copy(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
NvmeCopyCmd *copy = (NvmeCopyCmd *)&req->cmd;
NvmeCopyAIOCB *iocb = blk_aio_get(&nvme_copy_aiocb_info, ns->blkconf.blk,
nvme_misc_cb, req);
uint16_t nr = copy->nr + 1;
uint8_t format = copy->control[0] & 0xf;
uint16_t prinfor = ((copy->control[0] >> 4) & 0xf);
uint16_t prinfow = ((copy->control[2] >> 2) & 0xf);
uint16_t status;
trace_pci_nvme_copy(nvme_cid(req), nvme_nsid(ns), nr, format);
iocb->ranges = NULL;
iocb->zone = NULL;
if (NVME_ID_NS_DPS_TYPE(ns->id_ns.dps) &&
((prinfor & NVME_PRINFO_PRACT) != (prinfow & NVME_PRINFO_PRACT))) {
status = NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
goto invalid;
}
if (!(n->id_ctrl.ocfs & (1 << format))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_copy_invalid_format(format);
status = NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
goto invalid;
}
if (nr > ns->id_ns.msrc + 1) {
status = NVME_CMD_SIZE_LIMIT | NVME_DNR;
goto invalid;
}
iocb->ranges = g_new(NvmeCopySourceRange, nr);
status = nvme_h2c(n, (uint8_t *)iocb->ranges,
sizeof(NvmeCopySourceRange) * nr, req);
if (status) {
goto invalid;
}
iocb->slba = le64_to_cpu(copy->sdlba);
if (ns->params.zoned) {
iocb->zone = nvme_get_zone_by_slba(ns, iocb->slba);
if (!iocb->zone) {
status = NVME_LBA_RANGE | NVME_DNR;
goto invalid;
}
status = nvme_zrm_auto(n, ns, iocb->zone);
if (status) {
goto invalid;
}
}
iocb->req = req;
iocb->bh = qemu_bh_new(nvme_copy_bh, iocb);
iocb->ret = 0;
iocb->nr = nr;
iocb->idx = 0;
iocb->reftag = le32_to_cpu(copy->reftag);
iocb->bounce = g_malloc_n(le16_to_cpu(ns->id_ns.mssrl),
ns->lbasz + ns->lbaf.ms);
qemu_iovec_init(&iocb->iov, 1);
block_acct_start(blk_get_stats(ns->blkconf.blk), &iocb->acct.read, 0,
BLOCK_ACCT_READ);
block_acct_start(blk_get_stats(ns->blkconf.blk), &iocb->acct.write, 0,
BLOCK_ACCT_WRITE);
req->aiocb = &iocb->common;
nvme_copy_cb(iocb, 0);
return NVME_NO_COMPLETE;
invalid:
g_free(iocb->ranges);
qemu_aio_unref(iocb);
return status;
}
static uint16_t nvme_compare(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeRwCmd *rw = (NvmeRwCmd *)&req->cmd;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
BlockBackend *blk = ns->blkconf.blk;
uint64_t slba = le64_to_cpu(rw->slba);
uint32_t nlb = le16_to_cpu(rw->nlb) + 1;
uint8_t prinfo = NVME_RW_PRINFO(le16_to_cpu(rw->control));
size_t data_len = nvme_l2b(ns, nlb);
size_t len = data_len;
int64_t offset = nvme_l2b(ns, slba);
struct nvme_compare_ctx *ctx = NULL;
uint16_t status;
trace_pci_nvme_compare(nvme_cid(req), nvme_nsid(ns), slba, nlb);
if (NVME_ID_NS_DPS_TYPE(ns->id_ns.dps) && (prinfo & NVME_PRINFO_PRACT)) {
return NVME_INVALID_PROT_INFO | NVME_DNR;
}
if (nvme_ns_ext(ns)) {
len += nvme_m2b(ns, nlb);
}
status = nvme_check_mdts(n, len);
if (status) {
return status;
}
status = nvme_check_bounds(ns, slba, nlb);
if (status) {
return status;
}
if (NVME_ERR_REC_DULBE(ns->features.err_rec)) {
status = nvme_check_dulbe(ns, slba, nlb);
if (status) {
return status;
}
}
status = nvme_map_dptr(n, &req->sg, len, &req->cmd);
if (status) {
return status;
}
ctx = g_new(struct nvme_compare_ctx, 1);
ctx->data.bounce = g_malloc(data_len);
req->opaque = ctx;
qemu_iovec_init(&ctx->data.iov, 1);
qemu_iovec_add(&ctx->data.iov, ctx->data.bounce, data_len);
block_acct_start(blk_get_stats(blk), &req->acct, data_len,
BLOCK_ACCT_READ);
req->aiocb = blk_aio_preadv(blk, offset, &ctx->data.iov, 0,
nvme_compare_data_cb, req);
return NVME_NO_COMPLETE;
}
typedef struct NvmeFlushAIOCB {
BlockAIOCB common;
BlockAIOCB *aiocb;
NvmeRequest *req;
QEMUBH *bh;
int ret;
NvmeNamespace *ns;
uint32_t nsid;
bool broadcast;
} NvmeFlushAIOCB;
static void nvme_flush_cancel(BlockAIOCB *acb)
{
NvmeFlushAIOCB *iocb = container_of(acb, NvmeFlushAIOCB, common);
iocb->ret = -ECANCELED;
if (iocb->aiocb) {
blk_aio_cancel_async(iocb->aiocb);
}
}
static const AIOCBInfo nvme_flush_aiocb_info = {
.aiocb_size = sizeof(NvmeFlushAIOCB),
.cancel_async = nvme_flush_cancel,
.get_aio_context = nvme_get_aio_context,
};
static void nvme_flush_ns_cb(void *opaque, int ret)
{
NvmeFlushAIOCB *iocb = opaque;
NvmeNamespace *ns = iocb->ns;
if (ret < 0) {
iocb->ret = ret;
goto out;
} else if (iocb->ret < 0) {
goto out;
}
if (ns) {
trace_pci_nvme_flush_ns(iocb->nsid);
iocb->ns = NULL;
iocb->aiocb = blk_aio_flush(ns->blkconf.blk, nvme_flush_ns_cb, iocb);
return;
}
out:
iocb->aiocb = NULL;
qemu_bh_schedule(iocb->bh);
}
static void nvme_flush_bh(void *opaque)
{
NvmeFlushAIOCB *iocb = opaque;
NvmeRequest *req = iocb->req;
NvmeCtrl *n = nvme_ctrl(req);
int i;
if (iocb->ret < 0) {
goto done;
}
if (iocb->broadcast) {
for (i = iocb->nsid + 1; i <= NVME_MAX_NAMESPACES; i++) {
iocb->ns = nvme_ns(n, i);
if (iocb->ns) {
iocb->nsid = i;
break;
}
}
}
if (!iocb->ns) {
goto done;
}
nvme_flush_ns_cb(iocb, 0);
return;
done:
qemu_bh_delete(iocb->bh);
iocb->bh = NULL;
iocb->common.cb(iocb->common.opaque, iocb->ret);
qemu_aio_unref(iocb);
return;
}
static uint16_t nvme_flush(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeFlushAIOCB *iocb;
uint32_t nsid = le32_to_cpu(req->cmd.nsid);
uint16_t status;
iocb = qemu_aio_get(&nvme_flush_aiocb_info, NULL, nvme_misc_cb, req);
iocb->req = req;
iocb->bh = qemu_bh_new(nvme_flush_bh, iocb);
iocb->ret = 0;
iocb->ns = NULL;
iocb->nsid = 0;
iocb->broadcast = (nsid == NVME_NSID_BROADCAST);
if (!iocb->broadcast) {
if (!nvme_nsid_valid(n, nsid)) {
status = NVME_INVALID_NSID | NVME_DNR;
goto out;
}
iocb->ns = nvme_ns(n, nsid);
if (!iocb->ns) {
status = NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
goto out;
}
iocb->nsid = nsid;
}
req->aiocb = &iocb->common;
qemu_bh_schedule(iocb->bh);
return NVME_NO_COMPLETE;
out:
qemu_bh_delete(iocb->bh);
iocb->bh = NULL;
qemu_aio_unref(iocb);
return status;
}
static uint16_t nvme_read(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeRwCmd *rw = (NvmeRwCmd *)&req->cmd;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
uint64_t slba = le64_to_cpu(rw->slba);
uint32_t nlb = (uint32_t)le16_to_cpu(rw->nlb) + 1;
uint8_t prinfo = NVME_RW_PRINFO(le16_to_cpu(rw->control));
uint64_t data_size = nvme_l2b(ns, nlb);
uint64_t mapped_size = data_size;
uint64_t data_offset;
BlockBackend *blk = ns->blkconf.blk;
uint16_t status;
if (nvme_ns_ext(ns)) {
mapped_size += nvme_m2b(ns, nlb);
if (NVME_ID_NS_DPS_TYPE(ns->id_ns.dps)) {
bool pract = prinfo & NVME_PRINFO_PRACT;
if (pract && ns->lbaf.ms == 8) {
mapped_size = data_size;
}
}
}
trace_pci_nvme_read(nvme_cid(req), nvme_nsid(ns), nlb, mapped_size, slba);
status = nvme_check_mdts(n, mapped_size);
if (status) {
goto invalid;
}
status = nvme_check_bounds(ns, slba, nlb);
if (status) {
goto invalid;
}
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
if (ns->params.zoned) {
status = nvme_check_zone_read(ns, slba, nlb);
if (status) {
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
trace_pci_nvme_err_zone_read_not_ok(slba, nlb, status);
goto invalid;
}
}
if (NVME_ERR_REC_DULBE(ns->features.err_rec)) {
status = nvme_check_dulbe(ns, slba, nlb);
if (status) {
goto invalid;
}
}
if (NVME_ID_NS_DPS_TYPE(ns->id_ns.dps)) {
return nvme_dif_rw(n, req);
}
status = nvme_map_data(n, nlb, req);
if (status) {
goto invalid;
}
data_offset = nvme_l2b(ns, slba);
block_acct_start(blk_get_stats(blk), &req->acct, data_size,
BLOCK_ACCT_READ);
nvme_blk_read(blk, data_offset, nvme_rw_cb, req);
return NVME_NO_COMPLETE;
invalid:
block_acct_invalid(blk_get_stats(blk), BLOCK_ACCT_READ);
return status | NVME_DNR;
}
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
static uint16_t nvme_do_write(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req, bool append,
bool wrz)
{
NvmeRwCmd *rw = (NvmeRwCmd *)&req->cmd;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
uint64_t slba = le64_to_cpu(rw->slba);
uint32_t nlb = (uint32_t)le16_to_cpu(rw->nlb) + 1;
uint16_t ctrl = le16_to_cpu(rw->control);
uint8_t prinfo = NVME_RW_PRINFO(ctrl);
uint64_t data_size = nvme_l2b(ns, nlb);
uint64_t mapped_size = data_size;
uint64_t data_offset;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
NvmeZone *zone;
NvmeZonedResult *res = (NvmeZonedResult *)&req->cqe;
BlockBackend *blk = ns->blkconf.blk;
uint16_t status;
if (nvme_ns_ext(ns)) {
mapped_size += nvme_m2b(ns, nlb);
if (NVME_ID_NS_DPS_TYPE(ns->id_ns.dps)) {
bool pract = prinfo & NVME_PRINFO_PRACT;
if (pract && ns->lbaf.ms == 8) {
mapped_size -= nvme_m2b(ns, nlb);
}
}
}
trace_pci_nvme_write(nvme_cid(req), nvme_io_opc_str(rw->opcode),
nvme_nsid(ns), nlb, mapped_size, slba);
if (!wrz) {
status = nvme_check_mdts(n, mapped_size);
if (status) {
goto invalid;
}
}
status = nvme_check_bounds(ns, slba, nlb);
if (status) {
goto invalid;
}
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
if (ns->params.zoned) {
zone = nvme_get_zone_by_slba(ns, slba);
assert(zone);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
if (append) {
bool piremap = !!(ctrl & NVME_RW_PIREMAP);
if (unlikely(slba != zone->d.zslba)) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_append_not_at_start(slba, zone->d.zslba);
status = NVME_INVALID_FIELD;
goto invalid;
}
if (n->params.zasl &&
data_size > (uint64_t)n->page_size << n->params.zasl) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_zasl(data_size);
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
slba = zone->w_ptr;
rw->slba = cpu_to_le64(slba);
res->slba = cpu_to_le64(slba);
switch (NVME_ID_NS_DPS_TYPE(ns->id_ns.dps)) {
case NVME_ID_NS_DPS_TYPE_1:
if (!piremap) {
return NVME_INVALID_PROT_INFO | NVME_DNR;
}
/* fallthrough */
case NVME_ID_NS_DPS_TYPE_2:
if (piremap) {
uint32_t reftag = le32_to_cpu(rw->reftag);
rw->reftag = cpu_to_le32(reftag + (slba - zone->d.zslba));
}
break;
case NVME_ID_NS_DPS_TYPE_3:
if (piremap) {
return NVME_INVALID_PROT_INFO | NVME_DNR;
}
break;
}
}
status = nvme_check_zone_write(ns, zone, slba, nlb);
if (status) {
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
goto invalid;
}
status = nvme_zrm_auto(n, ns, zone);
if (status) {
goto invalid;
}
zone->w_ptr += nlb;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
}
data_offset = nvme_l2b(ns, slba);
if (NVME_ID_NS_DPS_TYPE(ns->id_ns.dps)) {
return nvme_dif_rw(n, req);
}
if (!wrz) {
status = nvme_map_data(n, nlb, req);
if (status) {
goto invalid;
}
block_acct_start(blk_get_stats(blk), &req->acct, data_size,
BLOCK_ACCT_WRITE);
nvme_blk_write(blk, data_offset, nvme_rw_cb, req);
} else {
req->aiocb = blk_aio_pwrite_zeroes(blk, data_offset, data_size,
BDRV_REQ_MAY_UNMAP, nvme_rw_cb,
req);
}
return NVME_NO_COMPLETE;
invalid:
block_acct_invalid(blk_get_stats(blk), BLOCK_ACCT_WRITE);
return status | NVME_DNR;
}
static inline uint16_t nvme_write(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
return nvme_do_write(n, req, false, false);
}
static inline uint16_t nvme_write_zeroes(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
return nvme_do_write(n, req, false, true);
}
static inline uint16_t nvme_zone_append(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
return nvme_do_write(n, req, true, false);
}
static uint16_t nvme_get_mgmt_zone_slba_idx(NvmeNamespace *ns, NvmeCmd *c,
uint64_t *slba, uint32_t *zone_idx)
{
uint32_t dw10 = le32_to_cpu(c->cdw10);
uint32_t dw11 = le32_to_cpu(c->cdw11);
if (!ns->params.zoned) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_opc(c->opcode);
return NVME_INVALID_OPCODE | NVME_DNR;
}
*slba = ((uint64_t)dw11) << 32 | dw10;
if (unlikely(*slba >= ns->id_ns.nsze)) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_lba_range(*slba, 0, ns->id_ns.nsze);
*slba = 0;
return NVME_LBA_RANGE | NVME_DNR;
}
*zone_idx = nvme_zone_idx(ns, *slba);
assert(*zone_idx < ns->num_zones);
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
typedef uint16_t (*op_handler_t)(NvmeNamespace *, NvmeZone *, NvmeZoneState,
NvmeRequest *);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
enum NvmeZoneProcessingMask {
NVME_PROC_CURRENT_ZONE = 0,
NVME_PROC_OPENED_ZONES = 1 << 0,
NVME_PROC_CLOSED_ZONES = 1 << 1,
NVME_PROC_READ_ONLY_ZONES = 1 << 2,
NVME_PROC_FULL_ZONES = 1 << 3,
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
};
static uint16_t nvme_open_zone(NvmeNamespace *ns, NvmeZone *zone,
NvmeZoneState state, NvmeRequest *req)
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
{
return nvme_zrm_open(nvme_ctrl(req), ns, zone);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
}
static uint16_t nvme_close_zone(NvmeNamespace *ns, NvmeZone *zone,
NvmeZoneState state, NvmeRequest *req)
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
{
return nvme_zrm_close(ns, zone);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
}
static uint16_t nvme_finish_zone(NvmeNamespace *ns, NvmeZone *zone,
NvmeZoneState state, NvmeRequest *req)
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
{
return nvme_zrm_finish(ns, zone);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
}
static uint16_t nvme_offline_zone(NvmeNamespace *ns, NvmeZone *zone,
NvmeZoneState state, NvmeRequest *req)
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
{
switch (state) {
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_READ_ONLY:
nvme_assign_zone_state(ns, zone, NVME_ZONE_STATE_OFFLINE);
/* fall through */
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_OFFLINE:
return NVME_SUCCESS;
default:
return NVME_ZONE_INVAL_TRANSITION;
}
}
static uint16_t nvme_set_zd_ext(NvmeNamespace *ns, NvmeZone *zone)
{
uint16_t status;
uint8_t state = nvme_get_zone_state(zone);
if (state == NVME_ZONE_STATE_EMPTY) {
status = nvme_aor_check(ns, 1, 0);
if (status) {
return status;
}
nvme_aor_inc_active(ns);
zone->d.za |= NVME_ZA_ZD_EXT_VALID;
nvme_assign_zone_state(ns, zone, NVME_ZONE_STATE_CLOSED);
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
return NVME_ZONE_INVAL_TRANSITION;
}
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
static uint16_t nvme_bulk_proc_zone(NvmeNamespace *ns, NvmeZone *zone,
enum NvmeZoneProcessingMask proc_mask,
op_handler_t op_hndlr, NvmeRequest *req)
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
{
uint16_t status = NVME_SUCCESS;
NvmeZoneState zs = nvme_get_zone_state(zone);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
bool proc_zone;
switch (zs) {
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_IMPLICITLY_OPEN:
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_EXPLICITLY_OPEN:
proc_zone = proc_mask & NVME_PROC_OPENED_ZONES;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
break;
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_CLOSED:
proc_zone = proc_mask & NVME_PROC_CLOSED_ZONES;
break;
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_READ_ONLY:
proc_zone = proc_mask & NVME_PROC_READ_ONLY_ZONES;
break;
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_FULL:
proc_zone = proc_mask & NVME_PROC_FULL_ZONES;
break;
default:
proc_zone = false;
}
if (proc_zone) {
status = op_hndlr(ns, zone, zs, req);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
}
return status;
}
static uint16_t nvme_do_zone_op(NvmeNamespace *ns, NvmeZone *zone,
enum NvmeZoneProcessingMask proc_mask,
op_handler_t op_hndlr, NvmeRequest *req)
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
{
NvmeZone *next;
uint16_t status = NVME_SUCCESS;
int i;
if (!proc_mask) {
status = op_hndlr(ns, zone, nvme_get_zone_state(zone), req);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
} else {
if (proc_mask & NVME_PROC_CLOSED_ZONES) {
QTAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(zone, &ns->closed_zones, entry, next) {
status = nvme_bulk_proc_zone(ns, zone, proc_mask, op_hndlr,
req);
if (status && status != NVME_NO_COMPLETE) {
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
goto out;
}
}
}
if (proc_mask & NVME_PROC_OPENED_ZONES) {
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
QTAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(zone, &ns->imp_open_zones, entry, next) {
status = nvme_bulk_proc_zone(ns, zone, proc_mask, op_hndlr,
req);
if (status && status != NVME_NO_COMPLETE) {
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
goto out;
}
}
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
QTAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(zone, &ns->exp_open_zones, entry, next) {
status = nvme_bulk_proc_zone(ns, zone, proc_mask, op_hndlr,
req);
if (status && status != NVME_NO_COMPLETE) {
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
goto out;
}
}
}
if (proc_mask & NVME_PROC_FULL_ZONES) {
QTAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(zone, &ns->full_zones, entry, next) {
status = nvme_bulk_proc_zone(ns, zone, proc_mask, op_hndlr,
req);
if (status && status != NVME_NO_COMPLETE) {
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
goto out;
}
}
}
if (proc_mask & NVME_PROC_READ_ONLY_ZONES) {
for (i = 0; i < ns->num_zones; i++, zone++) {
status = nvme_bulk_proc_zone(ns, zone, proc_mask, op_hndlr,
req);
if (status && status != NVME_NO_COMPLETE) {
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
goto out;
}
}
}
}
out:
return status;
}
typedef struct NvmeZoneResetAIOCB {
BlockAIOCB common;
BlockAIOCB *aiocb;
NvmeRequest *req;
QEMUBH *bh;
int ret;
bool all;
int idx;
NvmeZone *zone;
} NvmeZoneResetAIOCB;
static void nvme_zone_reset_cancel(BlockAIOCB *aiocb)
{
NvmeZoneResetAIOCB *iocb = container_of(aiocb, NvmeZoneResetAIOCB, common);
NvmeRequest *req = iocb->req;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
iocb->idx = ns->num_zones;
iocb->ret = -ECANCELED;
if (iocb->aiocb) {
blk_aio_cancel_async(iocb->aiocb);
iocb->aiocb = NULL;
}
}
static const AIOCBInfo nvme_zone_reset_aiocb_info = {
.aiocb_size = sizeof(NvmeZoneResetAIOCB),
.cancel_async = nvme_zone_reset_cancel,
};
static void nvme_zone_reset_bh(void *opaque)
{
NvmeZoneResetAIOCB *iocb = opaque;
iocb->common.cb(iocb->common.opaque, iocb->ret);
qemu_bh_delete(iocb->bh);
iocb->bh = NULL;
qemu_aio_unref(iocb);
}
static void nvme_zone_reset_cb(void *opaque, int ret);
static void nvme_zone_reset_epilogue_cb(void *opaque, int ret)
{
NvmeZoneResetAIOCB *iocb = opaque;
NvmeRequest *req = iocb->req;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
int64_t moff;
int count;
if (ret < 0) {
nvme_zone_reset_cb(iocb, ret);
return;
}
if (!ns->lbaf.ms) {
nvme_zone_reset_cb(iocb, 0);
return;
}
moff = nvme_moff(ns, iocb->zone->d.zslba);
count = nvme_m2b(ns, ns->zone_size);
iocb->aiocb = blk_aio_pwrite_zeroes(ns->blkconf.blk, moff, count,
BDRV_REQ_MAY_UNMAP,
nvme_zone_reset_cb, iocb);
return;
}
static void nvme_zone_reset_cb(void *opaque, int ret)
{
NvmeZoneResetAIOCB *iocb = opaque;
NvmeRequest *req = iocb->req;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
if (ret < 0) {
iocb->ret = ret;
goto done;
}
if (iocb->zone) {
nvme_zrm_reset(ns, iocb->zone);
if (!iocb->all) {
goto done;
}
}
while (iocb->idx < ns->num_zones) {
NvmeZone *zone = &ns->zone_array[iocb->idx++];
switch (nvme_get_zone_state(zone)) {
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_EMPTY:
if (!iocb->all) {
goto done;
}
continue;
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_EXPLICITLY_OPEN:
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_IMPLICITLY_OPEN:
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_CLOSED:
case NVME_ZONE_STATE_FULL:
iocb->zone = zone;
break;
default:
continue;
}
trace_pci_nvme_zns_zone_reset(zone->d.zslba);
iocb->aiocb = blk_aio_pwrite_zeroes(ns->blkconf.blk,
nvme_l2b(ns, zone->d.zslba),
nvme_l2b(ns, ns->zone_size),
BDRV_REQ_MAY_UNMAP,
nvme_zone_reset_epilogue_cb,
iocb);
return;
}
done:
iocb->aiocb = NULL;
if (iocb->bh) {
qemu_bh_schedule(iocb->bh);
}
}
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
static uint16_t nvme_zone_mgmt_send(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeCmd *cmd = (NvmeCmd *)&req->cmd;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
NvmeZone *zone;
NvmeZoneResetAIOCB *iocb;
uint8_t *zd_ext;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
uint32_t dw13 = le32_to_cpu(cmd->cdw13);
uint64_t slba = 0;
uint32_t zone_idx = 0;
uint16_t status;
uint8_t action;
bool all;
enum NvmeZoneProcessingMask proc_mask = NVME_PROC_CURRENT_ZONE;
action = dw13 & 0xff;
all = !!(dw13 & 0x100);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
req->status = NVME_SUCCESS;
if (!all) {
status = nvme_get_mgmt_zone_slba_idx(ns, cmd, &slba, &zone_idx);
if (status) {
return status;
}
}
zone = &ns->zone_array[zone_idx];
if (slba != zone->d.zslba) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_unaligned_zone_cmd(action, slba, zone->d.zslba);
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
switch (action) {
case NVME_ZONE_ACTION_OPEN:
if (all) {
proc_mask = NVME_PROC_CLOSED_ZONES;
}
trace_pci_nvme_open_zone(slba, zone_idx, all);
status = nvme_do_zone_op(ns, zone, proc_mask, nvme_open_zone, req);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
break;
case NVME_ZONE_ACTION_CLOSE:
if (all) {
proc_mask = NVME_PROC_OPENED_ZONES;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
}
trace_pci_nvme_close_zone(slba, zone_idx, all);
status = nvme_do_zone_op(ns, zone, proc_mask, nvme_close_zone, req);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
break;
case NVME_ZONE_ACTION_FINISH:
if (all) {
proc_mask = NVME_PROC_OPENED_ZONES | NVME_PROC_CLOSED_ZONES;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
}
trace_pci_nvme_finish_zone(slba, zone_idx, all);
status = nvme_do_zone_op(ns, zone, proc_mask, nvme_finish_zone, req);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
break;
case NVME_ZONE_ACTION_RESET:
trace_pci_nvme_reset_zone(slba, zone_idx, all);
iocb = blk_aio_get(&nvme_zone_reset_aiocb_info, ns->blkconf.blk,
nvme_misc_cb, req);
iocb->req = req;
iocb->bh = qemu_bh_new(nvme_zone_reset_bh, iocb);
iocb->ret = 0;
iocb->all = all;
iocb->idx = zone_idx;
iocb->zone = NULL;
req->aiocb = &iocb->common;
nvme_zone_reset_cb(iocb, 0);
return NVME_NO_COMPLETE;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
case NVME_ZONE_ACTION_OFFLINE:
if (all) {
proc_mask = NVME_PROC_READ_ONLY_ZONES;
}
trace_pci_nvme_offline_zone(slba, zone_idx, all);
status = nvme_do_zone_op(ns, zone, proc_mask, nvme_offline_zone, req);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
break;
case NVME_ZONE_ACTION_SET_ZD_EXT:
trace_pci_nvme_set_descriptor_extension(slba, zone_idx);
if (all || !ns->params.zd_extension_size) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
zd_ext = nvme_get_zd_extension(ns, zone_idx);
status = nvme_h2c(n, zd_ext, ns->params.zd_extension_size, req);
if (status) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_zd_extension_map_error(zone_idx);
return status;
}
status = nvme_set_zd_ext(ns, zone);
if (status == NVME_SUCCESS) {
trace_pci_nvme_zd_extension_set(zone_idx);
return status;
}
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
break;
default:
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_mgmt_action(action);
status = NVME_INVALID_FIELD;
}
if (status == NVME_ZONE_INVAL_TRANSITION) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_zone_state_transition(action, slba,
zone->d.za);
}
if (status) {
status |= NVME_DNR;
}
return status;
}
static bool nvme_zone_matches_filter(uint32_t zafs, NvmeZone *zl)
{
NvmeZoneState zs = nvme_get_zone_state(zl);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
switch (zafs) {
case NVME_ZONE_REPORT_ALL:
return true;
case NVME_ZONE_REPORT_EMPTY:
return zs == NVME_ZONE_STATE_EMPTY;
case NVME_ZONE_REPORT_IMPLICITLY_OPEN:
return zs == NVME_ZONE_STATE_IMPLICITLY_OPEN;
case NVME_ZONE_REPORT_EXPLICITLY_OPEN:
return zs == NVME_ZONE_STATE_EXPLICITLY_OPEN;
case NVME_ZONE_REPORT_CLOSED:
return zs == NVME_ZONE_STATE_CLOSED;
case NVME_ZONE_REPORT_FULL:
return zs == NVME_ZONE_STATE_FULL;
case NVME_ZONE_REPORT_READ_ONLY:
return zs == NVME_ZONE_STATE_READ_ONLY;
case NVME_ZONE_REPORT_OFFLINE:
return zs == NVME_ZONE_STATE_OFFLINE;
default:
return false;
}
}
static uint16_t nvme_zone_mgmt_recv(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeCmd *cmd = (NvmeCmd *)&req->cmd;
NvmeNamespace *ns = req->ns;
/* cdw12 is zero-based number of dwords to return. Convert to bytes */
uint32_t data_size = (le32_to_cpu(cmd->cdw12) + 1) << 2;
uint32_t dw13 = le32_to_cpu(cmd->cdw13);
uint32_t zone_idx, zra, zrasf, partial;
uint64_t max_zones, nr_zones = 0;
uint16_t status;
uint64_t slba;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
NvmeZoneDescr *z;
NvmeZone *zone;
NvmeZoneReportHeader *header;
void *buf, *buf_p;
size_t zone_entry_sz;
int i;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
req->status = NVME_SUCCESS;
status = nvme_get_mgmt_zone_slba_idx(ns, cmd, &slba, &zone_idx);
if (status) {
return status;
}
zra = dw13 & 0xff;
if (zra != NVME_ZONE_REPORT && zra != NVME_ZONE_REPORT_EXTENDED) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
if (zra == NVME_ZONE_REPORT_EXTENDED && !ns->params.zd_extension_size) {
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
zrasf = (dw13 >> 8) & 0xff;
if (zrasf > NVME_ZONE_REPORT_OFFLINE) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
if (data_size < sizeof(NvmeZoneReportHeader)) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
status = nvme_check_mdts(n, data_size);
if (status) {
return status;
}
partial = (dw13 >> 16) & 0x01;
zone_entry_sz = sizeof(NvmeZoneDescr);
if (zra == NVME_ZONE_REPORT_EXTENDED) {
zone_entry_sz += ns->params.zd_extension_size;
}
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
max_zones = (data_size - sizeof(NvmeZoneReportHeader)) / zone_entry_sz;
buf = g_malloc0(data_size);
zone = &ns->zone_array[zone_idx];
for (i = zone_idx; i < ns->num_zones; i++) {
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
if (partial && nr_zones >= max_zones) {
break;
}
if (nvme_zone_matches_filter(zrasf, zone++)) {
nr_zones++;
}
}
header = (NvmeZoneReportHeader *)buf;
header->nr_zones = cpu_to_le64(nr_zones);
buf_p = buf + sizeof(NvmeZoneReportHeader);
for (; zone_idx < ns->num_zones && max_zones > 0; zone_idx++) {
zone = &ns->zone_array[zone_idx];
if (nvme_zone_matches_filter(zrasf, zone)) {
z = (NvmeZoneDescr *)buf_p;
buf_p += sizeof(NvmeZoneDescr);
z->zt = zone->d.zt;
z->zs = zone->d.zs;
z->zcap = cpu_to_le64(zone->d.zcap);
z->zslba = cpu_to_le64(zone->d.zslba);
z->za = zone->d.za;
if (nvme_wp_is_valid(zone)) {
z->wp = cpu_to_le64(zone->d.wp);
} else {
z->wp = cpu_to_le64(~0ULL);
}
if (zra == NVME_ZONE_REPORT_EXTENDED) {
if (zone->d.za & NVME_ZA_ZD_EXT_VALID) {
memcpy(buf_p, nvme_get_zd_extension(ns, zone_idx),
ns->params.zd_extension_size);
}
buf_p += ns->params.zd_extension_size;
}
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
max_zones--;
}
}
status = nvme_c2h(n, (uint8_t *)buf, data_size, req);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
g_free(buf);
return status;
}
static uint16_t nvme_io_cmd(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeNamespace *ns;
uint32_t nsid = le32_to_cpu(req->cmd.nsid);
trace_pci_nvme_io_cmd(nvme_cid(req), nsid, nvme_sqid(req),
req->cmd.opcode, nvme_io_opc_str(req->cmd.opcode));
if (!nvme_nsid_valid(n, nsid)) {
return NVME_INVALID_NSID | NVME_DNR;
}
/*
* In the base NVM command set, Flush may apply to all namespaces
* (indicated by NSID being set to FFFFFFFFh). But if that feature is used
* along with TP 4056 (Namespace Types), it may be pretty screwed up.
*
* If NSID is indeed set to FFFFFFFFh, we simply cannot associate the
* opcode with a specific command since we cannot determine a unique I/O
* command set. Opcode 0h could have any other meaning than something
* equivalent to flushing and say it DOES have completely different
* semantics in some other command set - does an NSID of FFFFFFFFh then
* mean "for all namespaces, apply whatever command set specific command
* that uses the 0h opcode?" Or does it mean "for all namespaces, apply
* whatever command that uses the 0h opcode if, and only if, it allows NSID
* to be FFFFFFFFh"?
*
* Anyway (and luckily), for now, we do not care about this since the
* device only supports namespace types that includes the NVM Flush command
* (NVM and Zoned), so always do an NVM Flush.
*/
if (req->cmd.opcode == NVME_CMD_FLUSH) {
return nvme_flush(n, req);
}
ns = nvme_ns(n, nsid);
if (unlikely(!ns)) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
if (!(ns->iocs[req->cmd.opcode] & NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP)) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_opc(req->cmd.opcode);
return NVME_INVALID_OPCODE | NVME_DNR;
}
if (ns->status) {
return ns->status;
}
if (NVME_CMD_FLAGS_FUSE(req->cmd.flags)) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD;
}
req->ns = ns;
switch (req->cmd.opcode) {
case NVME_CMD_WRITE_ZEROES:
return nvme_write_zeroes(n, req);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
case NVME_CMD_ZONE_APPEND:
return nvme_zone_append(n, req);
case NVME_CMD_WRITE:
return nvme_write(n, req);
case NVME_CMD_READ:
return nvme_read(n, req);
case NVME_CMD_COMPARE:
return nvme_compare(n, req);
case NVME_CMD_DSM:
return nvme_dsm(n, req);
case NVME_CMD_VERIFY:
return nvme_verify(n, req);
case NVME_CMD_COPY:
return nvme_copy(n, req);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
case NVME_CMD_ZONE_MGMT_SEND:
return nvme_zone_mgmt_send(n, req);
case NVME_CMD_ZONE_MGMT_RECV:
return nvme_zone_mgmt_recv(n, req);
default:
assert(false);
}
return NVME_INVALID_OPCODE | NVME_DNR;
}
static void nvme_free_sq(NvmeSQueue *sq, NvmeCtrl *n)
{
n->sq[sq->sqid] = NULL;
timer_free(sq->timer);
g_free(sq->io_req);
if (sq->sqid) {
g_free(sq);
}
}
static uint16_t nvme_del_sq(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeDeleteQ *c = (NvmeDeleteQ *)&req->cmd;
NvmeRequest *r, *next;
NvmeSQueue *sq;
NvmeCQueue *cq;
uint16_t qid = le16_to_cpu(c->qid);
if (unlikely(!qid || nvme_check_sqid(n, qid))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_del_sq(qid);
return NVME_INVALID_QID | NVME_DNR;
}
trace_pci_nvme_del_sq(qid);
sq = n->sq[qid];
while (!QTAILQ_EMPTY(&sq->out_req_list)) {
r = QTAILQ_FIRST(&sq->out_req_list);
assert(r->aiocb);
blk_aio_cancel(r->aiocb);
}
assert(QTAILQ_EMPTY(&sq->out_req_list));
if (!nvme_check_cqid(n, sq->cqid)) {
cq = n->cq[sq->cqid];
QTAILQ_REMOVE(&cq->sq_list, sq, entry);
nvme_post_cqes(cq);
QTAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(r, &cq->req_list, entry, next) {
if (r->sq == sq) {
QTAILQ_REMOVE(&cq->req_list, r, entry);
QTAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&sq->req_list, r, entry);
}
}
}
nvme_free_sq(sq, n);
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
static void nvme_init_sq(NvmeSQueue *sq, NvmeCtrl *n, uint64_t dma_addr,
uint16_t sqid, uint16_t cqid, uint16_t size)
{
int i;
NvmeCQueue *cq;
sq->ctrl = n;
sq->dma_addr = dma_addr;
sq->sqid = sqid;
sq->size = size;
sq->cqid = cqid;
sq->head = sq->tail = 0;
sq->io_req = g_new0(NvmeRequest, sq->size);
QTAILQ_INIT(&sq->req_list);
QTAILQ_INIT(&sq->out_req_list);
for (i = 0; i < sq->size; i++) {
sq->io_req[i].sq = sq;
QTAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&(sq->req_list), &sq->io_req[i], entry);
}
sq->timer = timer_new_ns(QEMU_CLOCK_VIRTUAL, nvme_process_sq, sq);
assert(n->cq[cqid]);
cq = n->cq[cqid];
QTAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&(cq->sq_list), sq, entry);
n->sq[sqid] = sq;
}
static uint16_t nvme_create_sq(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeSQueue *sq;
NvmeCreateSq *c = (NvmeCreateSq *)&req->cmd;
uint16_t cqid = le16_to_cpu(c->cqid);
uint16_t sqid = le16_to_cpu(c->sqid);
uint16_t qsize = le16_to_cpu(c->qsize);
uint16_t qflags = le16_to_cpu(c->sq_flags);
uint64_t prp1 = le64_to_cpu(c->prp1);
trace_pci_nvme_create_sq(prp1, sqid, cqid, qsize, qflags);
if (unlikely(!cqid || nvme_check_cqid(n, cqid))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_create_sq_cqid(cqid);
return NVME_INVALID_CQID | NVME_DNR;
}
if (unlikely(!sqid || sqid > n->params.max_ioqpairs ||
n->sq[sqid] != NULL)) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_create_sq_sqid(sqid);
return NVME_INVALID_QID | NVME_DNR;
}
if (unlikely(!qsize || qsize > NVME_CAP_MQES(ldq_le_p(&n->bar.cap)))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_create_sq_size(qsize);
return NVME_MAX_QSIZE_EXCEEDED | NVME_DNR;
}
if (unlikely(prp1 & (n->page_size - 1))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_create_sq_addr(prp1);
return NVME_INVALID_PRP_OFFSET | NVME_DNR;
}
if (unlikely(!(NVME_SQ_FLAGS_PC(qflags)))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_create_sq_qflags(NVME_SQ_FLAGS_PC(qflags));
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
sq = g_malloc0(sizeof(*sq));
nvme_init_sq(sq, n, prp1, sqid, cqid, qsize + 1);
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
struct nvme_stats {
uint64_t units_read;
uint64_t units_written;
uint64_t read_commands;
uint64_t write_commands;
};
static void nvme_set_blk_stats(NvmeNamespace *ns, struct nvme_stats *stats)
{
BlockAcctStats *s = blk_get_stats(ns->blkconf.blk);
stats->units_read += s->nr_bytes[BLOCK_ACCT_READ] >> BDRV_SECTOR_BITS;
stats->units_written += s->nr_bytes[BLOCK_ACCT_WRITE] >> BDRV_SECTOR_BITS;
stats->read_commands += s->nr_ops[BLOCK_ACCT_READ];
stats->write_commands += s->nr_ops[BLOCK_ACCT_WRITE];
}
static uint16_t nvme_smart_info(NvmeCtrl *n, uint8_t rae, uint32_t buf_len,
uint64_t off, NvmeRequest *req)
{
uint32_t nsid = le32_to_cpu(req->cmd.nsid);
struct nvme_stats stats = { 0 };
NvmeSmartLog smart = { 0 };
uint32_t trans_len;
NvmeNamespace *ns;
time_t current_ms;
if (off >= sizeof(smart)) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
if (nsid != 0xffffffff) {
ns = nvme_ns(n, nsid);
if (!ns) {
return NVME_INVALID_NSID | NVME_DNR;
}
nvme_set_blk_stats(ns, &stats);
} else {
int i;
for (i = 1; i <= NVME_MAX_NAMESPACES; i++) {
ns = nvme_ns(n, i);
if (!ns) {
continue;
}
nvme_set_blk_stats(ns, &stats);
}
}
trans_len = MIN(sizeof(smart) - off, buf_len);
smart.critical_warning = n->smart_critical_warning;
smart.data_units_read[0] = cpu_to_le64(DIV_ROUND_UP(stats.units_read,
1000));
smart.data_units_written[0] = cpu_to_le64(DIV_ROUND_UP(stats.units_written,
1000));
smart.host_read_commands[0] = cpu_to_le64(stats.read_commands);
smart.host_write_commands[0] = cpu_to_le64(stats.write_commands);
smart.temperature = cpu_to_le16(n->temperature);
if ((n->temperature >= n->features.temp_thresh_hi) ||
(n->temperature <= n->features.temp_thresh_low)) {
smart.critical_warning |= NVME_SMART_TEMPERATURE;
}
current_ms = qemu_clock_get_ms(QEMU_CLOCK_VIRTUAL);
smart.power_on_hours[0] =
cpu_to_le64((((current_ms - n->starttime_ms) / 1000) / 60) / 60);
if (!rae) {
nvme_clear_events(n, NVME_AER_TYPE_SMART);
}
return nvme_c2h(n, (uint8_t *) &smart + off, trans_len, req);
}
static uint16_t nvme_fw_log_info(NvmeCtrl *n, uint32_t buf_len, uint64_t off,
NvmeRequest *req)
{
uint32_t trans_len;
NvmeFwSlotInfoLog fw_log = {
.afi = 0x1,
};
if (off >= sizeof(fw_log)) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
strpadcpy((char *)&fw_log.frs1, sizeof(fw_log.frs1), "1.0", ' ');
trans_len = MIN(sizeof(fw_log) - off, buf_len);
return nvme_c2h(n, (uint8_t *) &fw_log + off, trans_len, req);
}
static uint16_t nvme_error_info(NvmeCtrl *n, uint8_t rae, uint32_t buf_len,
uint64_t off, NvmeRequest *req)
{
uint32_t trans_len;
NvmeErrorLog errlog;
if (off >= sizeof(errlog)) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
if (!rae) {
nvme_clear_events(n, NVME_AER_TYPE_ERROR);
}
memset(&errlog, 0x0, sizeof(errlog));
trans_len = MIN(sizeof(errlog) - off, buf_len);
return nvme_c2h(n, (uint8_t *)&errlog, trans_len, req);
}
static uint16_t nvme_changed_nslist(NvmeCtrl *n, uint8_t rae, uint32_t buf_len,
uint64_t off, NvmeRequest *req)
{
uint32_t nslist[1024];
uint32_t trans_len;
int i = 0;
uint32_t nsid;
if (off >= sizeof(nslist)) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_log_page_offset(off, sizeof(nslist));
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
memset(nslist, 0x0, sizeof(nslist));
trans_len = MIN(sizeof(nslist) - off, buf_len);
while ((nsid = find_first_bit(n->changed_nsids, NVME_CHANGED_NSID_SIZE)) !=
NVME_CHANGED_NSID_SIZE) {
/*
* If more than 1024 namespaces, the first entry in the log page should
* be set to FFFFFFFFh and the others to 0 as spec.
*/
if (i == ARRAY_SIZE(nslist)) {
memset(nslist, 0x0, sizeof(nslist));
nslist[0] = 0xffffffff;
break;
}
nslist[i++] = nsid;
clear_bit(nsid, n->changed_nsids);
}
/*
* Remove all the remaining list entries in case returns directly due to
* more than 1024 namespaces.
*/
if (nslist[0] == 0xffffffff) {
bitmap_zero(n->changed_nsids, NVME_CHANGED_NSID_SIZE);
}
if (!rae) {
nvme_clear_events(n, NVME_AER_TYPE_NOTICE);
}
return nvme_c2h(n, ((uint8_t *)nslist) + off, trans_len, req);
}
static uint16_t nvme_cmd_effects(NvmeCtrl *n, uint8_t csi, uint32_t buf_len,
uint64_t off, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeEffectsLog log = {};
const uint32_t *src_iocs = NULL;
uint32_t trans_len;
if (off >= sizeof(log)) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_log_page_offset(off, sizeof(log));
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
switch (NVME_CC_CSS(ldl_le_p(&n->bar.cc))) {
case NVME_CC_CSS_NVM:
src_iocs = nvme_cse_iocs_nvm;
/* fall through */
case NVME_CC_CSS_ADMIN_ONLY:
break;
case NVME_CC_CSS_CSI:
switch (csi) {
case NVME_CSI_NVM:
src_iocs = nvme_cse_iocs_nvm;
break;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
case NVME_CSI_ZONED:
src_iocs = nvme_cse_iocs_zoned;
break;
}
}
memcpy(log.acs, nvme_cse_acs, sizeof(nvme_cse_acs));
if (src_iocs) {
memcpy(log.iocs, src_iocs, sizeof(log.iocs));
}
trans_len = MIN(sizeof(log) - off, buf_len);
return nvme_c2h(n, ((uint8_t *)&log) + off, trans_len, req);
}
static uint16_t nvme_get_log(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeCmd *cmd = &req->cmd;
uint32_t dw10 = le32_to_cpu(cmd->cdw10);
uint32_t dw11 = le32_to_cpu(cmd->cdw11);
uint32_t dw12 = le32_to_cpu(cmd->cdw12);
uint32_t dw13 = le32_to_cpu(cmd->cdw13);
uint8_t lid = dw10 & 0xff;
uint8_t lsp = (dw10 >> 8) & 0xf;
uint8_t rae = (dw10 >> 15) & 0x1;
uint8_t csi = le32_to_cpu(cmd->cdw14) >> 24;
uint32_t numdl, numdu;
uint64_t off, lpol, lpou;
size_t len;
uint16_t status;
numdl = (dw10 >> 16);
numdu = (dw11 & 0xffff);
lpol = dw12;
lpou = dw13;
len = (((numdu << 16) | numdl) + 1) << 2;
off = (lpou << 32ULL) | lpol;
if (off & 0x3) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
trace_pci_nvme_get_log(nvme_cid(req), lid, lsp, rae, len, off);
status = nvme_check_mdts(n, len);
if (status) {
return status;
}
switch (lid) {
case NVME_LOG_ERROR_INFO:
return nvme_error_info(n, rae, len, off, req);
case NVME_LOG_SMART_INFO:
return nvme_smart_info(n, rae, len, off, req);
case NVME_LOG_FW_SLOT_INFO:
return nvme_fw_log_info(n, len, off, req);
case NVME_LOG_CHANGED_NSLIST:
return nvme_changed_nslist(n, rae, len, off, req);
case NVME_LOG_CMD_EFFECTS:
return nvme_cmd_effects(n, csi, len, off, req);
default:
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_log_page(nvme_cid(req), lid);
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
}
static void nvme_free_cq(NvmeCQueue *cq, NvmeCtrl *n)
{
n->cq[cq->cqid] = NULL;
timer_free(cq->timer);
if (msix_enabled(&n->parent_obj)) {
msix_vector_unuse(&n->parent_obj, cq->vector);
}
if (cq->cqid) {
g_free(cq);
}
}
static uint16_t nvme_del_cq(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeDeleteQ *c = (NvmeDeleteQ *)&req->cmd;
NvmeCQueue *cq;
uint16_t qid = le16_to_cpu(c->qid);
if (unlikely(!qid || nvme_check_cqid(n, qid))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_del_cq_cqid(qid);
return NVME_INVALID_CQID | NVME_DNR;
}
cq = n->cq[qid];
if (unlikely(!QTAILQ_EMPTY(&cq->sq_list))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_del_cq_notempty(qid);
return NVME_INVALID_QUEUE_DEL;
}
if (cq->irq_enabled && cq->tail != cq->head) {
n->cq_pending--;
}
nvme_irq_deassert(n, cq);
trace_pci_nvme_del_cq(qid);
nvme_free_cq(cq, n);
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
static void nvme_init_cq(NvmeCQueue *cq, NvmeCtrl *n, uint64_t dma_addr,
uint16_t cqid, uint16_t vector, uint16_t size,
uint16_t irq_enabled)
{
int ret;
if (msix_enabled(&n->parent_obj)) {
ret = msix_vector_use(&n->parent_obj, vector);
assert(ret == 0);
}
cq->ctrl = n;
cq->cqid = cqid;
cq->size = size;
cq->dma_addr = dma_addr;
cq->phase = 1;
cq->irq_enabled = irq_enabled;
cq->vector = vector;
cq->head = cq->tail = 0;
QTAILQ_INIT(&cq->req_list);
QTAILQ_INIT(&cq->sq_list);
n->cq[cqid] = cq;
cq->timer = timer_new_ns(QEMU_CLOCK_VIRTUAL, nvme_post_cqes, cq);
}
static uint16_t nvme_create_cq(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeCQueue *cq;
NvmeCreateCq *c = (NvmeCreateCq *)&req->cmd;
uint16_t cqid = le16_to_cpu(c->cqid);
uint16_t vector = le16_to_cpu(c->irq_vector);
uint16_t qsize = le16_to_cpu(c->qsize);
uint16_t qflags = le16_to_cpu(c->cq_flags);
uint64_t prp1 = le64_to_cpu(c->prp1);
trace_pci_nvme_create_cq(prp1, cqid, vector, qsize, qflags,
NVME_CQ_FLAGS_IEN(qflags) != 0);
if (unlikely(!cqid || cqid > n->params.max_ioqpairs ||
n->cq[cqid] != NULL)) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_create_cq_cqid(cqid);
return NVME_INVALID_QID | NVME_DNR;
}
if (unlikely(!qsize || qsize > NVME_CAP_MQES(ldq_le_p(&n->bar.cap)))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_create_cq_size(qsize);
return NVME_MAX_QSIZE_EXCEEDED | NVME_DNR;
}
if (unlikely(prp1 & (n->page_size - 1))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_create_cq_addr(prp1);
return NVME_INVALID_PRP_OFFSET | NVME_DNR;
}
if (unlikely(!msix_enabled(&n->parent_obj) && vector)) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_create_cq_vector(vector);
return NVME_INVALID_IRQ_VECTOR | NVME_DNR;
}
if (unlikely(vector >= n->params.msix_qsize)) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_create_cq_vector(vector);
return NVME_INVALID_IRQ_VECTOR | NVME_DNR;
}
if (unlikely(!(NVME_CQ_FLAGS_PC(qflags)))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_create_cq_qflags(NVME_CQ_FLAGS_PC(qflags));
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
cq = g_malloc0(sizeof(*cq));
nvme_init_cq(cq, n, prp1, cqid, vector, qsize + 1,
NVME_CQ_FLAGS_IEN(qflags));
/*
* It is only required to set qs_created when creating a completion queue;
* creating a submission queue without a matching completion queue will
* fail.
*/
n->qs_created = true;
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
static uint16_t nvme_rpt_empty_id_struct(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
uint8_t id[NVME_IDENTIFY_DATA_SIZE] = {};
return nvme_c2h(n, id, sizeof(id), req);
}
static uint16_t nvme_identify_ctrl(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
trace_pci_nvme_identify_ctrl();
return nvme_c2h(n, (uint8_t *)&n->id_ctrl, sizeof(n->id_ctrl), req);
}
static uint16_t nvme_identify_ctrl_csi(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeIdentify *c = (NvmeIdentify *)&req->cmd;
uint8_t id[NVME_IDENTIFY_DATA_SIZE] = {};
NvmeIdCtrlNvm *id_nvm = (NvmeIdCtrlNvm *)&id;
trace_pci_nvme_identify_ctrl_csi(c->csi);
switch (c->csi) {
case NVME_CSI_NVM:
id_nvm->vsl = n->params.vsl;
id_nvm->dmrsl = cpu_to_le32(n->dmrsl);
break;
case NVME_CSI_ZONED:
((NvmeIdCtrlZoned *)&id)->zasl = n->params.zasl;
break;
default:
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
return nvme_c2h(n, id, sizeof(id), req);
}
static uint16_t nvme_identify_ns(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req, bool active)
{
NvmeNamespace *ns;
NvmeIdentify *c = (NvmeIdentify *)&req->cmd;
uint32_t nsid = le32_to_cpu(c->nsid);
trace_pci_nvme_identify_ns(nsid);
if (!nvme_nsid_valid(n, nsid) || nsid == NVME_NSID_BROADCAST) {
return NVME_INVALID_NSID | NVME_DNR;
}
ns = nvme_ns(n, nsid);
if (unlikely(!ns)) {
if (!active) {
ns = nvme_subsys_ns(n->subsys, nsid);
if (!ns) {
return nvme_rpt_empty_id_struct(n, req);
}
} else {
return nvme_rpt_empty_id_struct(n, req);
}
}
if (active || ns->csi == NVME_CSI_NVM) {
return nvme_c2h(n, (uint8_t *)&ns->id_ns, sizeof(NvmeIdNs), req);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
}
return NVME_INVALID_CMD_SET | NVME_DNR;
}
static uint16_t nvme_identify_ctrl_list(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req,
bool attached)
{
NvmeIdentify *c = (NvmeIdentify *)&req->cmd;
uint32_t nsid = le32_to_cpu(c->nsid);
uint16_t min_id = le16_to_cpu(c->ctrlid);
uint16_t list[NVME_CONTROLLER_LIST_SIZE] = {};
uint16_t *ids = &list[1];
NvmeNamespace *ns;
NvmeCtrl *ctrl;
int cntlid, nr_ids = 0;
trace_pci_nvme_identify_ctrl_list(c->cns, min_id);
if (!n->subsys) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
if (attached) {
if (nsid == NVME_NSID_BROADCAST) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
ns = nvme_subsys_ns(n->subsys, nsid);
if (!ns) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
}
for (cntlid = min_id; cntlid < ARRAY_SIZE(n->subsys->ctrls); cntlid++) {
ctrl = nvme_subsys_ctrl(n->subsys, cntlid);
if (!ctrl) {
continue;
}
if (attached && !nvme_ns(ctrl, nsid)) {
continue;
}
ids[nr_ids++] = cntlid;
}
list[0] = nr_ids;
return nvme_c2h(n, (uint8_t *)list, sizeof(list), req);
}
static uint16_t nvme_identify_ns_csi(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req,
bool active)
{
NvmeNamespace *ns;
NvmeIdentify *c = (NvmeIdentify *)&req->cmd;
uint32_t nsid = le32_to_cpu(c->nsid);
trace_pci_nvme_identify_ns_csi(nsid, c->csi);
if (!nvme_nsid_valid(n, nsid) || nsid == NVME_NSID_BROADCAST) {
return NVME_INVALID_NSID | NVME_DNR;
}
ns = nvme_ns(n, nsid);
if (unlikely(!ns)) {
if (!active) {
ns = nvme_subsys_ns(n->subsys, nsid);
if (!ns) {
return nvme_rpt_empty_id_struct(n, req);
}
} else {
return nvme_rpt_empty_id_struct(n, req);
}
}
if (c->csi == NVME_CSI_NVM) {
return nvme_rpt_empty_id_struct(n, req);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
} else if (c->csi == NVME_CSI_ZONED && ns->csi == NVME_CSI_ZONED) {
return nvme_c2h(n, (uint8_t *)ns->id_ns_zoned, sizeof(NvmeIdNsZoned),
req);
}
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
static uint16_t nvme_identify_nslist(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req,
bool active)
{
NvmeNamespace *ns;
NvmeIdentify *c = (NvmeIdentify *)&req->cmd;
uint32_t min_nsid = le32_to_cpu(c->nsid);
uint8_t list[NVME_IDENTIFY_DATA_SIZE] = {};
static const int data_len = sizeof(list);
uint32_t *list_ptr = (uint32_t *)list;
int i, j = 0;
trace_pci_nvme_identify_nslist(min_nsid);
/*
* Both FFFFFFFFh (NVME_NSID_BROADCAST) and FFFFFFFFEh are invalid values
* since the Active Namespace ID List should return namespaces with ids
* *higher* than the NSID specified in the command. This is also specified
* in the spec (NVM Express v1.3d, Section 5.15.4).
*/
if (min_nsid >= NVME_NSID_BROADCAST - 1) {
return NVME_INVALID_NSID | NVME_DNR;
}
for (i = 1; i <= NVME_MAX_NAMESPACES; i++) {
ns = nvme_ns(n, i);
if (!ns) {
if (!active) {
ns = nvme_subsys_ns(n->subsys, i);
if (!ns) {
continue;
}
} else {
continue;
}
}
if (ns->params.nsid <= min_nsid) {
continue;
}
list_ptr[j++] = cpu_to_le32(ns->params.nsid);
if (j == data_len / sizeof(uint32_t)) {
break;
}
}
return nvme_c2h(n, list, data_len, req);
}
static uint16_t nvme_identify_nslist_csi(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req,
bool active)
{
NvmeNamespace *ns;
NvmeIdentify *c = (NvmeIdentify *)&req->cmd;
uint32_t min_nsid = le32_to_cpu(c->nsid);
uint8_t list[NVME_IDENTIFY_DATA_SIZE] = {};
static const int data_len = sizeof(list);
uint32_t *list_ptr = (uint32_t *)list;
int i, j = 0;
trace_pci_nvme_identify_nslist_csi(min_nsid, c->csi);
/*
* Same as in nvme_identify_nslist(), FFFFFFFFh/FFFFFFFFEh are invalid.
*/
if (min_nsid >= NVME_NSID_BROADCAST - 1) {
return NVME_INVALID_NSID | NVME_DNR;
}
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
if (c->csi != NVME_CSI_NVM && c->csi != NVME_CSI_ZONED) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
for (i = 1; i <= NVME_MAX_NAMESPACES; i++) {
ns = nvme_ns(n, i);
if (!ns) {
if (!active) {
ns = nvme_subsys_ns(n->subsys, i);
if (!ns) {
continue;
}
} else {
continue;
}
}
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
if (ns->params.nsid <= min_nsid || c->csi != ns->csi) {
continue;
}
list_ptr[j++] = cpu_to_le32(ns->params.nsid);
if (j == data_len / sizeof(uint32_t)) {
break;
}
}
return nvme_c2h(n, list, data_len, req);
}
static uint16_t nvme_identify_ns_descr_list(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeNamespace *ns;
NvmeIdentify *c = (NvmeIdentify *)&req->cmd;
uint32_t nsid = le32_to_cpu(c->nsid);
uint8_t list[NVME_IDENTIFY_DATA_SIZE] = {};
uint8_t *pos = list;
struct {
NvmeIdNsDescr hdr;
uint8_t v[NVME_NIDL_UUID];
} QEMU_PACKED uuid = {};
struct {
NvmeIdNsDescr hdr;
uint64_t v;
} QEMU_PACKED eui64 = {};
struct {
NvmeIdNsDescr hdr;
uint8_t v;
} QEMU_PACKED csi = {};
trace_pci_nvme_identify_ns_descr_list(nsid);
if (!nvme_nsid_valid(n, nsid) || nsid == NVME_NSID_BROADCAST) {
return NVME_INVALID_NSID | NVME_DNR;
}
ns = nvme_ns(n, nsid);
if (unlikely(!ns)) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
/*
* If the EUI-64 field is 0 and the NGUID field is 0, the namespace must
* provide a valid Namespace UUID in the Namespace Identification Descriptor
* data structure. QEMU does not yet support setting NGUID.
*/
uuid.hdr.nidt = NVME_NIDT_UUID;
uuid.hdr.nidl = NVME_NIDL_UUID;
memcpy(uuid.v, ns->params.uuid.data, NVME_NIDL_UUID);
memcpy(pos, &uuid, sizeof(uuid));
pos += sizeof(uuid);
if (ns->params.eui64) {
eui64.hdr.nidt = NVME_NIDT_EUI64;
eui64.hdr.nidl = NVME_NIDL_EUI64;
eui64.v = cpu_to_be64(ns->params.eui64);
memcpy(pos, &eui64, sizeof(eui64));
pos += sizeof(eui64);
}
csi.hdr.nidt = NVME_NIDT_CSI;
csi.hdr.nidl = NVME_NIDL_CSI;
csi.v = ns->csi;
memcpy(pos, &csi, sizeof(csi));
pos += sizeof(csi);
return nvme_c2h(n, list, sizeof(list), req);
}
static uint16_t nvme_identify_cmd_set(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
uint8_t list[NVME_IDENTIFY_DATA_SIZE] = {};
static const int data_len = sizeof(list);
trace_pci_nvme_identify_cmd_set();
NVME_SET_CSI(*list, NVME_CSI_NVM);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
NVME_SET_CSI(*list, NVME_CSI_ZONED);
return nvme_c2h(n, list, data_len, req);
}
static uint16_t nvme_identify(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeIdentify *c = (NvmeIdentify *)&req->cmd;
trace_pci_nvme_identify(nvme_cid(req), c->cns, le16_to_cpu(c->ctrlid),
c->csi);
switch (c->cns) {
case NVME_ID_CNS_NS:
return nvme_identify_ns(n, req, true);
case NVME_ID_CNS_NS_PRESENT:
return nvme_identify_ns(n, req, false);
case NVME_ID_CNS_NS_ATTACHED_CTRL_LIST:
return nvme_identify_ctrl_list(n, req, true);
case NVME_ID_CNS_CTRL_LIST:
return nvme_identify_ctrl_list(n, req, false);
case NVME_ID_CNS_CS_NS:
return nvme_identify_ns_csi(n, req, true);
case NVME_ID_CNS_CS_NS_PRESENT:
return nvme_identify_ns_csi(n, req, false);
case NVME_ID_CNS_CTRL:
return nvme_identify_ctrl(n, req);
case NVME_ID_CNS_CS_CTRL:
return nvme_identify_ctrl_csi(n, req);
case NVME_ID_CNS_NS_ACTIVE_LIST:
return nvme_identify_nslist(n, req, true);
case NVME_ID_CNS_NS_PRESENT_LIST:
return nvme_identify_nslist(n, req, false);
case NVME_ID_CNS_CS_NS_ACTIVE_LIST:
return nvme_identify_nslist_csi(n, req, true);
case NVME_ID_CNS_CS_NS_PRESENT_LIST:
return nvme_identify_nslist_csi(n, req, false);
case NVME_ID_CNS_NS_DESCR_LIST:
return nvme_identify_ns_descr_list(n, req);
case NVME_ID_CNS_IO_COMMAND_SET:
return nvme_identify_cmd_set(n, req);
default:
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_identify_cns(le32_to_cpu(c->cns));
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
}
static uint16_t nvme_abort(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
uint16_t sqid = le32_to_cpu(req->cmd.cdw10) & 0xffff;
req->cqe.result = 1;
if (nvme_check_sqid(n, sqid)) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
static inline void nvme_set_timestamp(NvmeCtrl *n, uint64_t ts)
{
trace_pci_nvme_setfeat_timestamp(ts);
n->host_timestamp = le64_to_cpu(ts);
n->timestamp_set_qemu_clock_ms = qemu_clock_get_ms(QEMU_CLOCK_VIRTUAL);
}
static inline uint64_t nvme_get_timestamp(const NvmeCtrl *n)
{
uint64_t current_time = qemu_clock_get_ms(QEMU_CLOCK_VIRTUAL);
uint64_t elapsed_time = current_time - n->timestamp_set_qemu_clock_ms;
union nvme_timestamp {
struct {
uint64_t timestamp:48;
uint64_t sync:1;
uint64_t origin:3;
uint64_t rsvd1:12;
};
uint64_t all;
};
union nvme_timestamp ts;
ts.all = 0;
ts.timestamp = n->host_timestamp + elapsed_time;
/* If the host timestamp is non-zero, set the timestamp origin */
ts.origin = n->host_timestamp ? 0x01 : 0x00;
trace_pci_nvme_getfeat_timestamp(ts.all);
return cpu_to_le64(ts.all);
}
static uint16_t nvme_get_feature_timestamp(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
uint64_t timestamp = nvme_get_timestamp(n);
return nvme_c2h(n, (uint8_t *)&timestamp, sizeof(timestamp), req);
}
static uint16_t nvme_get_feature(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeCmd *cmd = &req->cmd;
uint32_t dw10 = le32_to_cpu(cmd->cdw10);
uint32_t dw11 = le32_to_cpu(cmd->cdw11);
uint32_t nsid = le32_to_cpu(cmd->nsid);
uint32_t result;
uint8_t fid = NVME_GETSETFEAT_FID(dw10);
NvmeGetFeatureSelect sel = NVME_GETFEAT_SELECT(dw10);
uint16_t iv;
NvmeNamespace *ns;
int i;
static const uint32_t nvme_feature_default[NVME_FID_MAX] = {
[NVME_ARBITRATION] = NVME_ARB_AB_NOLIMIT,
};
trace_pci_nvme_getfeat(nvme_cid(req), nsid, fid, sel, dw11);
if (!nvme_feature_support[fid]) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
if (nvme_feature_cap[fid] & NVME_FEAT_CAP_NS) {
if (!nvme_nsid_valid(n, nsid) || nsid == NVME_NSID_BROADCAST) {
/*
* The Reservation Notification Mask and Reservation Persistence
* features require a status code of Invalid Field in Command when
* NSID is FFFFFFFFh. Since the device does not support those
* features we can always return Invalid Namespace or Format as we
* should do for all other features.
*/
return NVME_INVALID_NSID | NVME_DNR;
}
if (!nvme_ns(n, nsid)) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
}
switch (sel) {
case NVME_GETFEAT_SELECT_CURRENT:
break;
case NVME_GETFEAT_SELECT_SAVED:
/* no features are saveable by the controller; fallthrough */
case NVME_GETFEAT_SELECT_DEFAULT:
goto defaults;
case NVME_GETFEAT_SELECT_CAP:
result = nvme_feature_cap[fid];
goto out;
}
switch (fid) {
case NVME_TEMPERATURE_THRESHOLD:
result = 0;
/*
* The controller only implements the Composite Temperature sensor, so
* return 0 for all other sensors.
*/
if (NVME_TEMP_TMPSEL(dw11) != NVME_TEMP_TMPSEL_COMPOSITE) {
goto out;
}
switch (NVME_TEMP_THSEL(dw11)) {
case NVME_TEMP_THSEL_OVER:
result = n->features.temp_thresh_hi;
goto out;
case NVME_TEMP_THSEL_UNDER:
result = n->features.temp_thresh_low;
goto out;
}
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
case NVME_ERROR_RECOVERY:
if (!nvme_nsid_valid(n, nsid)) {
return NVME_INVALID_NSID | NVME_DNR;
}
ns = nvme_ns(n, nsid);
if (unlikely(!ns)) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
result = ns->features.err_rec;
goto out;
case NVME_VOLATILE_WRITE_CACHE:
result = 0;
for (i = 1; i <= NVME_MAX_NAMESPACES; i++) {
ns = nvme_ns(n, i);
if (!ns) {
continue;
}
result = blk_enable_write_cache(ns->blkconf.blk);
if (result) {
break;
}
}
trace_pci_nvme_getfeat_vwcache(result ? "enabled" : "disabled");
goto out;
case NVME_ASYNCHRONOUS_EVENT_CONF:
result = n->features.async_config;
goto out;
case NVME_TIMESTAMP:
return nvme_get_feature_timestamp(n, req);
default:
break;
}
defaults:
switch (fid) {
case NVME_TEMPERATURE_THRESHOLD:
result = 0;
if (NVME_TEMP_TMPSEL(dw11) != NVME_TEMP_TMPSEL_COMPOSITE) {
break;
}
if (NVME_TEMP_THSEL(dw11) == NVME_TEMP_THSEL_OVER) {
result = NVME_TEMPERATURE_WARNING;
}
break;
case NVME_NUMBER_OF_QUEUES:
result = (n->params.max_ioqpairs - 1) |
((n->params.max_ioqpairs - 1) << 16);
trace_pci_nvme_getfeat_numq(result);
break;
case NVME_INTERRUPT_VECTOR_CONF:
iv = dw11 & 0xffff;
if (iv >= n->params.max_ioqpairs + 1) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
result = iv;
if (iv == n->admin_cq.vector) {
result |= NVME_INTVC_NOCOALESCING;
}
break;
default:
result = nvme_feature_default[fid];
break;
}
out:
req->cqe.result = cpu_to_le32(result);
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
static uint16_t nvme_set_feature_timestamp(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
uint16_t ret;
uint64_t timestamp;
ret = nvme_h2c(n, (uint8_t *)&timestamp, sizeof(timestamp), req);
if (ret) {
return ret;
}
nvme_set_timestamp(n, timestamp);
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
static uint16_t nvme_set_feature(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeNamespace *ns = NULL;
NvmeCmd *cmd = &req->cmd;
uint32_t dw10 = le32_to_cpu(cmd->cdw10);
uint32_t dw11 = le32_to_cpu(cmd->cdw11);
uint32_t nsid = le32_to_cpu(cmd->nsid);
uint8_t fid = NVME_GETSETFEAT_FID(dw10);
uint8_t save = NVME_SETFEAT_SAVE(dw10);
int i;
trace_pci_nvme_setfeat(nvme_cid(req), nsid, fid, save, dw11);
if (save && !(nvme_feature_cap[fid] & NVME_FEAT_CAP_SAVE)) {
return NVME_FID_NOT_SAVEABLE | NVME_DNR;
}
if (!nvme_feature_support[fid]) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
if (nvme_feature_cap[fid] & NVME_FEAT_CAP_NS) {
if (nsid != NVME_NSID_BROADCAST) {
if (!nvme_nsid_valid(n, nsid)) {
return NVME_INVALID_NSID | NVME_DNR;
}
ns = nvme_ns(n, nsid);
if (unlikely(!ns)) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
}
} else if (nsid && nsid != NVME_NSID_BROADCAST) {
if (!nvme_nsid_valid(n, nsid)) {
return NVME_INVALID_NSID | NVME_DNR;
}
return NVME_FEAT_NOT_NS_SPEC | NVME_DNR;
}
if (!(nvme_feature_cap[fid] & NVME_FEAT_CAP_CHANGE)) {
return NVME_FEAT_NOT_CHANGEABLE | NVME_DNR;
}
switch (fid) {
case NVME_TEMPERATURE_THRESHOLD:
if (NVME_TEMP_TMPSEL(dw11) != NVME_TEMP_TMPSEL_COMPOSITE) {
break;
}
switch (NVME_TEMP_THSEL(dw11)) {
case NVME_TEMP_THSEL_OVER:
n->features.temp_thresh_hi = NVME_TEMP_TMPTH(dw11);
break;
case NVME_TEMP_THSEL_UNDER:
n->features.temp_thresh_low = NVME_TEMP_TMPTH(dw11);
break;
default:
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
if ((n->temperature >= n->features.temp_thresh_hi) ||
(n->temperature <= n->features.temp_thresh_low)) {
nvme_smart_event(n, NVME_AER_INFO_SMART_TEMP_THRESH);
}
break;
case NVME_ERROR_RECOVERY:
if (nsid == NVME_NSID_BROADCAST) {
for (i = 1; i <= NVME_MAX_NAMESPACES; i++) {
ns = nvme_ns(n, i);
if (!ns) {
continue;
}
if (NVME_ID_NS_NSFEAT_DULBE(ns->id_ns.nsfeat)) {
ns->features.err_rec = dw11;
}
}
break;
}
assert(ns);
if (NVME_ID_NS_NSFEAT_DULBE(ns->id_ns.nsfeat)) {
ns->features.err_rec = dw11;
}
break;
case NVME_VOLATILE_WRITE_CACHE:
for (i = 1; i <= NVME_MAX_NAMESPACES; i++) {
ns = nvme_ns(n, i);
if (!ns) {
continue;
}
if (!(dw11 & 0x1) && blk_enable_write_cache(ns->blkconf.blk)) {
blk_flush(ns->blkconf.blk);
}
blk_set_enable_write_cache(ns->blkconf.blk, dw11 & 1);
}
break;
case NVME_NUMBER_OF_QUEUES:
if (n->qs_created) {
return NVME_CMD_SEQ_ERROR | NVME_DNR;
}
/*
* NVMe v1.3, Section 5.21.1.7: FFFFh is not an allowed value for NCQR
* and NSQR.
*/
if ((dw11 & 0xffff) == 0xffff || ((dw11 >> 16) & 0xffff) == 0xffff) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
trace_pci_nvme_setfeat_numq((dw11 & 0xffff) + 1,
((dw11 >> 16) & 0xffff) + 1,
n->params.max_ioqpairs,
n->params.max_ioqpairs);
req->cqe.result = cpu_to_le32((n->params.max_ioqpairs - 1) |
((n->params.max_ioqpairs - 1) << 16));
break;
case NVME_ASYNCHRONOUS_EVENT_CONF:
n->features.async_config = dw11;
break;
case NVME_TIMESTAMP:
return nvme_set_feature_timestamp(n, req);
case NVME_COMMAND_SET_PROFILE:
if (dw11 & 0x1ff) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_iocsci(dw11 & 0x1ff);
return NVME_CMD_SET_CMB_REJECTED | NVME_DNR;
}
break;
default:
return NVME_FEAT_NOT_CHANGEABLE | NVME_DNR;
}
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
static uint16_t nvme_aer(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
trace_pci_nvme_aer(nvme_cid(req));
if (n->outstanding_aers > n->params.aerl) {
trace_pci_nvme_aer_aerl_exceeded();
return NVME_AER_LIMIT_EXCEEDED;
}
n->aer_reqs[n->outstanding_aers] = req;
n->outstanding_aers++;
if (!QTAILQ_EMPTY(&n->aer_queue)) {
nvme_process_aers(n);
}
return NVME_NO_COMPLETE;
}
static void nvme_update_dmrsl(NvmeCtrl *n)
{
int nsid;
for (nsid = 1; nsid <= NVME_MAX_NAMESPACES; nsid++) {
NvmeNamespace *ns = nvme_ns(n, nsid);
if (!ns) {
continue;
}
n->dmrsl = MIN_NON_ZERO(n->dmrsl,
BDRV_REQUEST_MAX_BYTES / nvme_l2b(ns, 1));
}
}
static void nvme_select_iocs_ns(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeNamespace *ns)
{
uint32_t cc = ldl_le_p(&n->bar.cc);
ns->iocs = nvme_cse_iocs_none;
switch (ns->csi) {
case NVME_CSI_NVM:
if (NVME_CC_CSS(cc) != NVME_CC_CSS_ADMIN_ONLY) {
ns->iocs = nvme_cse_iocs_nvm;
}
break;
case NVME_CSI_ZONED:
if (NVME_CC_CSS(cc) == NVME_CC_CSS_CSI) {
ns->iocs = nvme_cse_iocs_zoned;
} else if (NVME_CC_CSS(cc) == NVME_CC_CSS_NVM) {
ns->iocs = nvme_cse_iocs_nvm;
}
break;
}
}
static uint16_t nvme_ns_attachment(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeNamespace *ns;
NvmeCtrl *ctrl;
uint16_t list[NVME_CONTROLLER_LIST_SIZE] = {};
uint32_t nsid = le32_to_cpu(req->cmd.nsid);
uint32_t dw10 = le32_to_cpu(req->cmd.cdw10);
uint8_t sel = dw10 & 0xf;
uint16_t *nr_ids = &list[0];
uint16_t *ids = &list[1];
uint16_t ret;
int i;
trace_pci_nvme_ns_attachment(nvme_cid(req), dw10 & 0xf);
hw/block/nvme: fix handling of private namespaces Prior to this patch, if a private nvme-ns device (that is, a namespace that is not linked to a subsystem) is wired up to an nvme-subsys linked nvme controller device, the device fails to verify that the namespace id is unique within the subsystem. NVM Express v1.4b, Section 6.1.6 ("NSID and Namespace Usage") states that because the device supports Namespace Management, "NSIDs *shall* be unique within the NVM subsystem". Additionally, prior to this patch, private namespaces are not known to the subsystem and the namespace is considered exclusive to the controller with which it is initially wired up to. However, this is not the definition of a private namespace; per Section 1.6.33 ("private namespace"), a private namespace is just a namespace that does not support multipath I/O or namespace sharing, which means "that it is only able to be attached to one controller at a time". Fix this by always allocating namespaces in the subsystem (if one is linked to the controller), regardless of the shared/private status of the namespace. Whether or not the namespace is shareable is controlled by a new `shared` nvme-ns parameter. Finally, this fix allows the nvme-ns `subsys` parameter to be removed, since the `shared` parameter now serves the purpose of attaching the namespace to all controllers in the subsystem upon device realization. It is invalid to have an nvme-ns namespace device with a linked subsystem without the parent nvme controller device also being linked to one and since the nvme-ns devices will unconditionally be "attached" (in QEMU terms that is) to an nvme controller device through an NvmeBus, the nvme-ns namespace device can always get a reference to the subsystem of the controller it is explicitly (using 'bus=' parameter) or implicitly attaching to. Fixes: e570768566b3 ("hw/block/nvme: support for shared namespace in subsystem") Cc: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
2021-03-23 12:43:24 +01:00
if (!nvme_nsid_valid(n, nsid)) {
return NVME_INVALID_NSID | NVME_DNR;
}
ns = nvme_subsys_ns(n->subsys, nsid);
if (!ns) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
ret = nvme_h2c(n, (uint8_t *)list, 4096, req);
if (ret) {
return ret;
}
if (!*nr_ids) {
return NVME_NS_CTRL_LIST_INVALID | NVME_DNR;
}
*nr_ids = MIN(*nr_ids, NVME_CONTROLLER_LIST_SIZE - 1);
for (i = 0; i < *nr_ids; i++) {
ctrl = nvme_subsys_ctrl(n->subsys, ids[i]);
if (!ctrl) {
return NVME_NS_CTRL_LIST_INVALID | NVME_DNR;
}
switch (sel) {
case NVME_NS_ATTACHMENT_ATTACH:
hw/block/nvme: fix handling of private namespaces Prior to this patch, if a private nvme-ns device (that is, a namespace that is not linked to a subsystem) is wired up to an nvme-subsys linked nvme controller device, the device fails to verify that the namespace id is unique within the subsystem. NVM Express v1.4b, Section 6.1.6 ("NSID and Namespace Usage") states that because the device supports Namespace Management, "NSIDs *shall* be unique within the NVM subsystem". Additionally, prior to this patch, private namespaces are not known to the subsystem and the namespace is considered exclusive to the controller with which it is initially wired up to. However, this is not the definition of a private namespace; per Section 1.6.33 ("private namespace"), a private namespace is just a namespace that does not support multipath I/O or namespace sharing, which means "that it is only able to be attached to one controller at a time". Fix this by always allocating namespaces in the subsystem (if one is linked to the controller), regardless of the shared/private status of the namespace. Whether or not the namespace is shareable is controlled by a new `shared` nvme-ns parameter. Finally, this fix allows the nvme-ns `subsys` parameter to be removed, since the `shared` parameter now serves the purpose of attaching the namespace to all controllers in the subsystem upon device realization. It is invalid to have an nvme-ns namespace device with a linked subsystem without the parent nvme controller device also being linked to one and since the nvme-ns devices will unconditionally be "attached" (in QEMU terms that is) to an nvme controller device through an NvmeBus, the nvme-ns namespace device can always get a reference to the subsystem of the controller it is explicitly (using 'bus=' parameter) or implicitly attaching to. Fixes: e570768566b3 ("hw/block/nvme: support for shared namespace in subsystem") Cc: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
2021-03-23 12:43:24 +01:00
if (nvme_ns(ctrl, nsid)) {
return NVME_NS_ALREADY_ATTACHED | NVME_DNR;
}
hw/block/nvme: fix handling of private namespaces Prior to this patch, if a private nvme-ns device (that is, a namespace that is not linked to a subsystem) is wired up to an nvme-subsys linked nvme controller device, the device fails to verify that the namespace id is unique within the subsystem. NVM Express v1.4b, Section 6.1.6 ("NSID and Namespace Usage") states that because the device supports Namespace Management, "NSIDs *shall* be unique within the NVM subsystem". Additionally, prior to this patch, private namespaces are not known to the subsystem and the namespace is considered exclusive to the controller with which it is initially wired up to. However, this is not the definition of a private namespace; per Section 1.6.33 ("private namespace"), a private namespace is just a namespace that does not support multipath I/O or namespace sharing, which means "that it is only able to be attached to one controller at a time". Fix this by always allocating namespaces in the subsystem (if one is linked to the controller), regardless of the shared/private status of the namespace. Whether or not the namespace is shareable is controlled by a new `shared` nvme-ns parameter. Finally, this fix allows the nvme-ns `subsys` parameter to be removed, since the `shared` parameter now serves the purpose of attaching the namespace to all controllers in the subsystem upon device realization. It is invalid to have an nvme-ns namespace device with a linked subsystem without the parent nvme controller device also being linked to one and since the nvme-ns devices will unconditionally be "attached" (in QEMU terms that is) to an nvme controller device through an NvmeBus, the nvme-ns namespace device can always get a reference to the subsystem of the controller it is explicitly (using 'bus=' parameter) or implicitly attaching to. Fixes: e570768566b3 ("hw/block/nvme: support for shared namespace in subsystem") Cc: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
2021-03-23 12:43:24 +01:00
if (ns->attached && !ns->params.shared) {
return NVME_NS_PRIVATE | NVME_DNR;
}
nvme_attach_ns(ctrl, ns);
nvme_select_iocs_ns(ctrl, ns);
break;
case NVME_NS_ATTACHMENT_DETACH:
hw/block/nvme: fix handling of private namespaces Prior to this patch, if a private nvme-ns device (that is, a namespace that is not linked to a subsystem) is wired up to an nvme-subsys linked nvme controller device, the device fails to verify that the namespace id is unique within the subsystem. NVM Express v1.4b, Section 6.1.6 ("NSID and Namespace Usage") states that because the device supports Namespace Management, "NSIDs *shall* be unique within the NVM subsystem". Additionally, prior to this patch, private namespaces are not known to the subsystem and the namespace is considered exclusive to the controller with which it is initially wired up to. However, this is not the definition of a private namespace; per Section 1.6.33 ("private namespace"), a private namespace is just a namespace that does not support multipath I/O or namespace sharing, which means "that it is only able to be attached to one controller at a time". Fix this by always allocating namespaces in the subsystem (if one is linked to the controller), regardless of the shared/private status of the namespace. Whether or not the namespace is shareable is controlled by a new `shared` nvme-ns parameter. Finally, this fix allows the nvme-ns `subsys` parameter to be removed, since the `shared` parameter now serves the purpose of attaching the namespace to all controllers in the subsystem upon device realization. It is invalid to have an nvme-ns namespace device with a linked subsystem without the parent nvme controller device also being linked to one and since the nvme-ns devices will unconditionally be "attached" (in QEMU terms that is) to an nvme controller device through an NvmeBus, the nvme-ns namespace device can always get a reference to the subsystem of the controller it is explicitly (using 'bus=' parameter) or implicitly attaching to. Fixes: e570768566b3 ("hw/block/nvme: support for shared namespace in subsystem") Cc: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
2021-03-23 12:43:24 +01:00
if (!nvme_ns(ctrl, nsid)) {
return NVME_NS_NOT_ATTACHED | NVME_DNR;
}
ctrl->namespaces[nsid] = NULL;
hw/block/nvme: fix handling of private namespaces Prior to this patch, if a private nvme-ns device (that is, a namespace that is not linked to a subsystem) is wired up to an nvme-subsys linked nvme controller device, the device fails to verify that the namespace id is unique within the subsystem. NVM Express v1.4b, Section 6.1.6 ("NSID and Namespace Usage") states that because the device supports Namespace Management, "NSIDs *shall* be unique within the NVM subsystem". Additionally, prior to this patch, private namespaces are not known to the subsystem and the namespace is considered exclusive to the controller with which it is initially wired up to. However, this is not the definition of a private namespace; per Section 1.6.33 ("private namespace"), a private namespace is just a namespace that does not support multipath I/O or namespace sharing, which means "that it is only able to be attached to one controller at a time". Fix this by always allocating namespaces in the subsystem (if one is linked to the controller), regardless of the shared/private status of the namespace. Whether or not the namespace is shareable is controlled by a new `shared` nvme-ns parameter. Finally, this fix allows the nvme-ns `subsys` parameter to be removed, since the `shared` parameter now serves the purpose of attaching the namespace to all controllers in the subsystem upon device realization. It is invalid to have an nvme-ns namespace device with a linked subsystem without the parent nvme controller device also being linked to one and since the nvme-ns devices will unconditionally be "attached" (in QEMU terms that is) to an nvme controller device through an NvmeBus, the nvme-ns namespace device can always get a reference to the subsystem of the controller it is explicitly (using 'bus=' parameter) or implicitly attaching to. Fixes: e570768566b3 ("hw/block/nvme: support for shared namespace in subsystem") Cc: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
2021-03-23 12:43:24 +01:00
ns->attached--;
nvme_update_dmrsl(ctrl);
break;
default:
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
/*
* Add namespace id to the changed namespace id list for event clearing
* via Get Log Page command.
*/
if (!test_and_set_bit(nsid, ctrl->changed_nsids)) {
nvme_enqueue_event(ctrl, NVME_AER_TYPE_NOTICE,
NVME_AER_INFO_NOTICE_NS_ATTR_CHANGED,
NVME_LOG_CHANGED_NSLIST);
}
}
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
typedef struct NvmeFormatAIOCB {
BlockAIOCB common;
BlockAIOCB *aiocb;
QEMUBH *bh;
NvmeRequest *req;
int ret;
NvmeNamespace *ns;
uint32_t nsid;
bool broadcast;
int64_t offset;
} NvmeFormatAIOCB;
static void nvme_format_bh(void *opaque);
static void nvme_format_cancel(BlockAIOCB *aiocb)
{
NvmeFormatAIOCB *iocb = container_of(aiocb, NvmeFormatAIOCB, common);
if (iocb->aiocb) {
blk_aio_cancel_async(iocb->aiocb);
}
}
static const AIOCBInfo nvme_format_aiocb_info = {
.aiocb_size = sizeof(NvmeFormatAIOCB),
.cancel_async = nvme_format_cancel,
.get_aio_context = nvme_get_aio_context,
};
static void nvme_format_set(NvmeNamespace *ns, NvmeCmd *cmd)
{
uint32_t dw10 = le32_to_cpu(cmd->cdw10);
uint8_t lbaf = dw10 & 0xf;
uint8_t pi = (dw10 >> 5) & 0x7;
uint8_t mset = (dw10 >> 4) & 0x1;
uint8_t pil = (dw10 >> 8) & 0x1;
trace_pci_nvme_format_set(ns->params.nsid, lbaf, mset, pi, pil);
ns->id_ns.dps = (pil << 3) | pi;
ns->id_ns.flbas = lbaf | (mset << 4);
nvme_ns_init_format(ns);
}
static void nvme_format_ns_cb(void *opaque, int ret)
{
NvmeFormatAIOCB *iocb = opaque;
NvmeRequest *req = iocb->req;
NvmeNamespace *ns = iocb->ns;
int bytes;
if (ret < 0) {
iocb->ret = ret;
goto done;
}
assert(ns);
if (iocb->offset < ns->size) {
bytes = MIN(BDRV_REQUEST_MAX_BYTES, ns->size - iocb->offset);
iocb->aiocb = blk_aio_pwrite_zeroes(ns->blkconf.blk, iocb->offset,
bytes, BDRV_REQ_MAY_UNMAP,
nvme_format_ns_cb, iocb);
iocb->offset += bytes;
return;
}
nvme_format_set(ns, &req->cmd);
ns->status = 0x0;
iocb->ns = NULL;
iocb->offset = 0;
done:
iocb->aiocb = NULL;
qemu_bh_schedule(iocb->bh);
}
static uint16_t nvme_format_check(NvmeNamespace *ns, uint8_t lbaf, uint8_t pi)
{
if (ns->params.zoned) {
return NVME_INVALID_FORMAT | NVME_DNR;
}
if (lbaf > ns->id_ns.nlbaf) {
return NVME_INVALID_FORMAT | NVME_DNR;
}
if (pi && (ns->id_ns.lbaf[lbaf].ms < sizeof(NvmeDifTuple))) {
return NVME_INVALID_FORMAT | NVME_DNR;
}
if (pi && pi > NVME_ID_NS_DPS_TYPE_3) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
return NVME_SUCCESS;
}
static void nvme_format_bh(void *opaque)
{
NvmeFormatAIOCB *iocb = opaque;
NvmeRequest *req = iocb->req;
NvmeCtrl *n = nvme_ctrl(req);
uint32_t dw10 = le32_to_cpu(req->cmd.cdw10);
uint8_t lbaf = dw10 & 0xf;
uint8_t pi = (dw10 >> 5) & 0x7;
uint16_t status;
int i;
if (iocb->ret < 0) {
goto done;
}
if (iocb->broadcast) {
for (i = iocb->nsid + 1; i <= NVME_MAX_NAMESPACES; i++) {
iocb->ns = nvme_ns(n, i);
if (iocb->ns) {
iocb->nsid = i;
break;
}
}
}
if (!iocb->ns) {
goto done;
}
status = nvme_format_check(iocb->ns, lbaf, pi);
if (status) {
req->status = status;
goto done;
}
iocb->ns->status = NVME_FORMAT_IN_PROGRESS;
nvme_format_ns_cb(iocb, 0);
return;
done:
qemu_bh_delete(iocb->bh);
iocb->bh = NULL;
iocb->common.cb(iocb->common.opaque, iocb->ret);
qemu_aio_unref(iocb);
}
static uint16_t nvme_format(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
NvmeFormatAIOCB *iocb;
uint32_t nsid = le32_to_cpu(req->cmd.nsid);
uint16_t status;
iocb = qemu_aio_get(&nvme_format_aiocb_info, NULL, nvme_misc_cb, req);
iocb->req = req;
iocb->bh = qemu_bh_new(nvme_format_bh, iocb);
iocb->ret = 0;
iocb->ns = NULL;
iocb->nsid = 0;
iocb->broadcast = (nsid == NVME_NSID_BROADCAST);
iocb->offset = 0;
if (!iocb->broadcast) {
if (!nvme_nsid_valid(n, nsid)) {
status = NVME_INVALID_NSID | NVME_DNR;
goto out;
}
iocb->ns = nvme_ns(n, nsid);
if (!iocb->ns) {
status = NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
goto out;
}
}
req->aiocb = &iocb->common;
qemu_bh_schedule(iocb->bh);
return NVME_NO_COMPLETE;
out:
qemu_bh_delete(iocb->bh);
iocb->bh = NULL;
qemu_aio_unref(iocb);
return status;
}
static uint16_t nvme_admin_cmd(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeRequest *req)
{
trace_pci_nvme_admin_cmd(nvme_cid(req), nvme_sqid(req), req->cmd.opcode,
nvme_adm_opc_str(req->cmd.opcode));
if (!(nvme_cse_acs[req->cmd.opcode] & NVME_CMD_EFF_CSUPP)) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_invalid_admin_opc(req->cmd.opcode);
return NVME_INVALID_OPCODE | NVME_DNR;
}
/* SGLs shall not be used for Admin commands in NVMe over PCIe */
if (NVME_CMD_FLAGS_PSDT(req->cmd.flags) != NVME_PSDT_PRP) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD | NVME_DNR;
}
if (NVME_CMD_FLAGS_FUSE(req->cmd.flags)) {
return NVME_INVALID_FIELD;
}
switch (req->cmd.opcode) {
case NVME_ADM_CMD_DELETE_SQ:
return nvme_del_sq(n, req);
case NVME_ADM_CMD_CREATE_SQ:
return nvme_create_sq(n, req);
case NVME_ADM_CMD_GET_LOG_PAGE:
return nvme_get_log(n, req);
case NVME_ADM_CMD_DELETE_CQ:
return nvme_del_cq(n, req);
case NVME_ADM_CMD_CREATE_CQ:
return nvme_create_cq(n, req);
case NVME_ADM_CMD_IDENTIFY:
return nvme_identify(n, req);
case NVME_ADM_CMD_ABORT:
return nvme_abort(n, req);
case NVME_ADM_CMD_SET_FEATURES:
return nvme_set_feature(n, req);
case NVME_ADM_CMD_GET_FEATURES:
return nvme_get_feature(n, req);
case NVME_ADM_CMD_ASYNC_EV_REQ:
return nvme_aer(n, req);
case NVME_ADM_CMD_NS_ATTACHMENT:
return nvme_ns_attachment(n, req);
case NVME_ADM_CMD_FORMAT_NVM:
return nvme_format(n, req);
default:
assert(false);
}
return NVME_INVALID_OPCODE | NVME_DNR;
}
static void nvme_process_sq(void *opaque)
{
NvmeSQueue *sq = opaque;
NvmeCtrl *n = sq->ctrl;
NvmeCQueue *cq = n->cq[sq->cqid];
uint16_t status;
hwaddr addr;
NvmeCmd cmd;
NvmeRequest *req;
while (!(nvme_sq_empty(sq) || QTAILQ_EMPTY(&sq->req_list))) {
addr = sq->dma_addr + sq->head * n->sqe_size;
if (nvme_addr_read(n, addr, (void *)&cmd, sizeof(cmd))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_addr_read(addr);
trace_pci_nvme_err_cfs();
stl_le_p(&n->bar.csts, NVME_CSTS_FAILED);
break;
}
nvme_inc_sq_head(sq);
req = QTAILQ_FIRST(&sq->req_list);
QTAILQ_REMOVE(&sq->req_list, req, entry);
QTAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&sq->out_req_list, req, entry);
nvme_req_clear(req);
req->cqe.cid = cmd.cid;
memcpy(&req->cmd, &cmd, sizeof(NvmeCmd));
status = sq->sqid ? nvme_io_cmd(n, req) :
nvme_admin_cmd(n, req);
if (status != NVME_NO_COMPLETE) {
req->status = status;
nvme_enqueue_req_completion(cq, req);
}
}
}
static void nvme_ctrl_reset(NvmeCtrl *n)
{
NvmeNamespace *ns;
int i;
for (i = 1; i <= NVME_MAX_NAMESPACES; i++) {
ns = nvme_ns(n, i);
if (!ns) {
continue;
}
nvme_ns_drain(ns);
}
for (i = 0; i < n->params.max_ioqpairs + 1; i++) {
if (n->sq[i] != NULL) {
nvme_free_sq(n->sq[i], n);
}
}
for (i = 0; i < n->params.max_ioqpairs + 1; i++) {
if (n->cq[i] != NULL) {
nvme_free_cq(n->cq[i], n);
}
}
while (!QTAILQ_EMPTY(&n->aer_queue)) {
NvmeAsyncEvent *event = QTAILQ_FIRST(&n->aer_queue);
QTAILQ_REMOVE(&n->aer_queue, event, entry);
g_free(event);
}
n->aer_queued = 0;
n->outstanding_aers = 0;
n->qs_created = false;
}
static void nvme_ctrl_shutdown(NvmeCtrl *n)
{
NvmeNamespace *ns;
int i;
if (n->pmr.dev) {
memory_region_msync(&n->pmr.dev->mr, 0, n->pmr.dev->size);
}
for (i = 1; i <= NVME_MAX_NAMESPACES; i++) {
ns = nvme_ns(n, i);
if (!ns) {
continue;
}
nvme_ns_shutdown(ns);
}
}
static void nvme_select_iocs(NvmeCtrl *n)
{
NvmeNamespace *ns;
int i;
for (i = 1; i <= NVME_MAX_NAMESPACES; i++) {
ns = nvme_ns(n, i);
if (!ns) {
continue;
}
nvme_select_iocs_ns(n, ns);
}
}
static int nvme_start_ctrl(NvmeCtrl *n)
{
uint64_t cap = ldq_le_p(&n->bar.cap);
uint32_t cc = ldl_le_p(&n->bar.cc);
uint32_t aqa = ldl_le_p(&n->bar.aqa);
uint64_t asq = ldq_le_p(&n->bar.asq);
uint64_t acq = ldq_le_p(&n->bar.acq);
uint32_t page_bits = NVME_CC_MPS(cc) + 12;
uint32_t page_size = 1 << page_bits;
if (unlikely(n->cq[0])) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_startfail_cq();
return -1;
}
if (unlikely(n->sq[0])) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_startfail_sq();
return -1;
}
if (unlikely(asq & (page_size - 1))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_startfail_asq_misaligned(asq);
return -1;
}
if (unlikely(acq & (page_size - 1))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_startfail_acq_misaligned(acq);
return -1;
}
if (unlikely(!(NVME_CAP_CSS(cap) & (1 << NVME_CC_CSS(cc))))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_startfail_css(NVME_CC_CSS(cc));
return -1;
}
if (unlikely(NVME_CC_MPS(cc) < NVME_CAP_MPSMIN(cap))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_startfail_page_too_small(
NVME_CC_MPS(cc),
NVME_CAP_MPSMIN(cap));
return -1;
}
if (unlikely(NVME_CC_MPS(cc) >
NVME_CAP_MPSMAX(cap))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_startfail_page_too_large(
NVME_CC_MPS(cc),
NVME_CAP_MPSMAX(cap));
return -1;
}
if (unlikely(NVME_CC_IOCQES(cc) <
NVME_CTRL_CQES_MIN(n->id_ctrl.cqes))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_startfail_cqent_too_small(
NVME_CC_IOCQES(cc),
NVME_CTRL_CQES_MIN(cap));
return -1;
}
if (unlikely(NVME_CC_IOCQES(cc) >
NVME_CTRL_CQES_MAX(n->id_ctrl.cqes))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_startfail_cqent_too_large(
NVME_CC_IOCQES(cc),
NVME_CTRL_CQES_MAX(cap));
return -1;
}
if (unlikely(NVME_CC_IOSQES(cc) <
NVME_CTRL_SQES_MIN(n->id_ctrl.sqes))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_startfail_sqent_too_small(
NVME_CC_IOSQES(cc),
NVME_CTRL_SQES_MIN(cap));
return -1;
}
if (unlikely(NVME_CC_IOSQES(cc) >
NVME_CTRL_SQES_MAX(n->id_ctrl.sqes))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_startfail_sqent_too_large(
NVME_CC_IOSQES(cc),
NVME_CTRL_SQES_MAX(cap));
return -1;
}
if (unlikely(!NVME_AQA_ASQS(aqa))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_startfail_asqent_sz_zero();
return -1;
}
if (unlikely(!NVME_AQA_ACQS(aqa))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_startfail_acqent_sz_zero();
return -1;
}
n->page_bits = page_bits;
n->page_size = page_size;
n->max_prp_ents = n->page_size / sizeof(uint64_t);
n->cqe_size = 1 << NVME_CC_IOCQES(cc);
n->sqe_size = 1 << NVME_CC_IOSQES(cc);
nvme_init_cq(&n->admin_cq, n, acq, 0, 0, NVME_AQA_ACQS(aqa) + 1, 1);
nvme_init_sq(&n->admin_sq, n, asq, 0, 0, NVME_AQA_ASQS(aqa) + 1);
nvme_set_timestamp(n, 0ULL);
QTAILQ_INIT(&n->aer_queue);
nvme_select_iocs(n);
return 0;
}
static void nvme_cmb_enable_regs(NvmeCtrl *n)
{
uint32_t cmbloc = ldl_le_p(&n->bar.cmbloc);
uint32_t cmbsz = ldl_le_p(&n->bar.cmbsz);
NVME_CMBLOC_SET_CDPCILS(cmbloc, 1);
NVME_CMBLOC_SET_CDPMLS(cmbloc, 1);
NVME_CMBLOC_SET_BIR(cmbloc, NVME_CMB_BIR);
stl_le_p(&n->bar.cmbloc, cmbloc);
NVME_CMBSZ_SET_SQS(cmbsz, 1);
NVME_CMBSZ_SET_CQS(cmbsz, 0);
NVME_CMBSZ_SET_LISTS(cmbsz, 1);
NVME_CMBSZ_SET_RDS(cmbsz, 1);
NVME_CMBSZ_SET_WDS(cmbsz, 1);
NVME_CMBSZ_SET_SZU(cmbsz, 2); /* MBs */
NVME_CMBSZ_SET_SZ(cmbsz, n->params.cmb_size_mb);
stl_le_p(&n->bar.cmbsz, cmbsz);
}
static void nvme_write_bar(NvmeCtrl *n, hwaddr offset, uint64_t data,
unsigned size)
{
uint64_t cap = ldq_le_p(&n->bar.cap);
uint32_t cc = ldl_le_p(&n->bar.cc);
uint32_t intms = ldl_le_p(&n->bar.intms);
uint32_t csts = ldl_le_p(&n->bar.csts);
uint32_t pmrsts = ldl_le_p(&n->bar.pmrsts);
if (unlikely(offset & (sizeof(uint32_t) - 1))) {
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_mmiowr_misaligned32,
"MMIO write not 32-bit aligned,"
" offset=0x%"PRIx64"", offset);
/* should be ignored, fall through for now */
}
if (unlikely(size < sizeof(uint32_t))) {
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_mmiowr_toosmall,
"MMIO write smaller than 32-bits,"
" offset=0x%"PRIx64", size=%u",
offset, size);
/* should be ignored, fall through for now */
}
switch (offset) {
case NVME_REG_INTMS:
if (unlikely(msix_enabled(&(n->parent_obj)))) {
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_mmiowr_intmask_with_msix,
"undefined access to interrupt mask set"
" when MSI-X is enabled");
/* should be ignored, fall through for now */
}
intms |= data;
stl_le_p(&n->bar.intms, intms);
n->bar.intmc = n->bar.intms;
trace_pci_nvme_mmio_intm_set(data & 0xffffffff, intms);
nvme_irq_check(n);
break;
case NVME_REG_INTMC:
if (unlikely(msix_enabled(&(n->parent_obj)))) {
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_mmiowr_intmask_with_msix,
"undefined access to interrupt mask clr"
" when MSI-X is enabled");
/* should be ignored, fall through for now */
}
intms &= ~data;
stl_le_p(&n->bar.intms, intms);
n->bar.intmc = n->bar.intms;
trace_pci_nvme_mmio_intm_clr(data & 0xffffffff, intms);
nvme_irq_check(n);
break;
case NVME_REG_CC:
trace_pci_nvme_mmio_cfg(data & 0xffffffff);
/* Windows first sends data, then sends enable bit */
if (!NVME_CC_EN(data) && !NVME_CC_EN(cc) &&
!NVME_CC_SHN(data) && !NVME_CC_SHN(cc))
{
cc = data;
}
if (NVME_CC_EN(data) && !NVME_CC_EN(cc)) {
cc = data;
/* flush CC since nvme_start_ctrl() needs the value */
stl_le_p(&n->bar.cc, cc);
if (unlikely(nvme_start_ctrl(n))) {
trace_pci_nvme_err_startfail();
csts = NVME_CSTS_FAILED;
} else {
trace_pci_nvme_mmio_start_success();
csts = NVME_CSTS_READY;
}
} else if (!NVME_CC_EN(data) && NVME_CC_EN(cc)) {
trace_pci_nvme_mmio_stopped();
nvme_ctrl_reset(n);
cc = 0;
csts &= ~NVME_CSTS_READY;
}
if (NVME_CC_SHN(data) && !(NVME_CC_SHN(cc))) {
trace_pci_nvme_mmio_shutdown_set();
nvme_ctrl_shutdown(n);
cc = data;
csts |= NVME_CSTS_SHST_COMPLETE;
} else if (!NVME_CC_SHN(data) && NVME_CC_SHN(cc)) {
trace_pci_nvme_mmio_shutdown_cleared();
csts &= ~NVME_CSTS_SHST_COMPLETE;
cc = data;
}
stl_le_p(&n->bar.cc, cc);
stl_le_p(&n->bar.csts, csts);
break;
case NVME_REG_CSTS:
if (data & (1 << 4)) {
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_mmiowr_ssreset_w1c_unsupported,
"attempted to W1C CSTS.NSSRO"
" but CAP.NSSRS is zero (not supported)");
} else if (data != 0) {
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_mmiowr_ro_csts,
"attempted to set a read only bit"
" of controller status");
}
break;
case NVME_REG_NSSR:
if (data == 0x4e564d65) {
trace_pci_nvme_ub_mmiowr_ssreset_unsupported();
} else {
/* The spec says that writes of other values have no effect */
return;
}
break;
case NVME_REG_AQA:
stl_le_p(&n->bar.aqa, data);
trace_pci_nvme_mmio_aqattr(data & 0xffffffff);
break;
case NVME_REG_ASQ:
stn_le_p(&n->bar.asq, size, data);
trace_pci_nvme_mmio_asqaddr(data);
break;
case NVME_REG_ASQ + 4:
stl_le_p((uint8_t *)&n->bar.asq + 4, data);
trace_pci_nvme_mmio_asqaddr_hi(data, ldq_le_p(&n->bar.asq));
break;
case NVME_REG_ACQ:
trace_pci_nvme_mmio_acqaddr(data);
stn_le_p(&n->bar.acq, size, data);
break;
case NVME_REG_ACQ + 4:
stl_le_p((uint8_t *)&n->bar.acq + 4, data);
trace_pci_nvme_mmio_acqaddr_hi(data, ldq_le_p(&n->bar.acq));
break;
case NVME_REG_CMBLOC:
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_mmiowr_cmbloc_reserved,
"invalid write to reserved CMBLOC"
" when CMBSZ is zero, ignored");
return;
case NVME_REG_CMBSZ:
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_mmiowr_cmbsz_readonly,
"invalid write to read only CMBSZ, ignored");
return;
case NVME_REG_CMBMSC:
if (!NVME_CAP_CMBS(cap)) {
return;
}
stn_le_p(&n->bar.cmbmsc, size, data);
n->cmb.cmse = false;
if (NVME_CMBMSC_CRE(data)) {
nvme_cmb_enable_regs(n);
if (NVME_CMBMSC_CMSE(data)) {
uint64_t cmbmsc = ldq_le_p(&n->bar.cmbmsc);
hwaddr cba = NVME_CMBMSC_CBA(cmbmsc) << CMBMSC_CBA_SHIFT;
if (cba + int128_get64(n->cmb.mem.size) < cba) {
uint32_t cmbsts = ldl_le_p(&n->bar.cmbsts);
NVME_CMBSTS_SET_CBAI(cmbsts, 1);
stl_le_p(&n->bar.cmbsts, cmbsts);
return;
}
n->cmb.cba = cba;
n->cmb.cmse = true;
}
} else {
n->bar.cmbsz = 0;
n->bar.cmbloc = 0;
}
return;
case NVME_REG_CMBMSC + 4:
stl_le_p((uint8_t *)&n->bar.cmbmsc + 4, data);
return;
case NVME_REG_PMRCAP:
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_mmiowr_pmrcap_readonly,
"invalid write to PMRCAP register, ignored");
return;
case NVME_REG_PMRCTL:
if (!NVME_CAP_PMRS(cap)) {
return;
}
stl_le_p(&n->bar.pmrctl, data);
if (NVME_PMRCTL_EN(data)) {
memory_region_set_enabled(&n->pmr.dev->mr, true);
pmrsts = 0;
} else {
memory_region_set_enabled(&n->pmr.dev->mr, false);
NVME_PMRSTS_SET_NRDY(pmrsts, 1);
n->pmr.cmse = false;
}
stl_le_p(&n->bar.pmrsts, pmrsts);
return;
case NVME_REG_PMRSTS:
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_mmiowr_pmrsts_readonly,
"invalid write to PMRSTS register, ignored");
return;
case NVME_REG_PMREBS:
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_mmiowr_pmrebs_readonly,
"invalid write to PMREBS register, ignored");
return;
case NVME_REG_PMRSWTP:
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_mmiowr_pmrswtp_readonly,
"invalid write to PMRSWTP register, ignored");
return;
case NVME_REG_PMRMSCL:
if (!NVME_CAP_PMRS(cap)) {
return;
}
stl_le_p(&n->bar.pmrmscl, data);
n->pmr.cmse = false;
if (NVME_PMRMSCL_CMSE(data)) {
uint64_t pmrmscu = ldl_le_p(&n->bar.pmrmscu);
hwaddr cba = pmrmscu << 32 |
(NVME_PMRMSCL_CBA(data) << PMRMSCL_CBA_SHIFT);
if (cba + int128_get64(n->pmr.dev->mr.size) < cba) {
NVME_PMRSTS_SET_CBAI(pmrsts, 1);
stl_le_p(&n->bar.pmrsts, pmrsts);
return;
}
n->pmr.cmse = true;
n->pmr.cba = cba;
}
return;
case NVME_REG_PMRMSCU:
if (!NVME_CAP_PMRS(cap)) {
return;
}
stl_le_p(&n->bar.pmrmscu, data);
return;
default:
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_mmiowr_invalid,
"invalid MMIO write,"
" offset=0x%"PRIx64", data=%"PRIx64"",
offset, data);
break;
}
}
static uint64_t nvme_mmio_read(void *opaque, hwaddr addr, unsigned size)
{
NvmeCtrl *n = (NvmeCtrl *)opaque;
uint8_t *ptr = (uint8_t *)&n->bar;
trace_pci_nvme_mmio_read(addr, size);
if (unlikely(addr & (sizeof(uint32_t) - 1))) {
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_mmiord_misaligned32,
"MMIO read not 32-bit aligned,"
" offset=0x%"PRIx64"", addr);
/* should RAZ, fall through for now */
} else if (unlikely(size < sizeof(uint32_t))) {
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_mmiord_toosmall,
"MMIO read smaller than 32-bits,"
" offset=0x%"PRIx64"", addr);
/* should RAZ, fall through for now */
}
if (addr > sizeof(n->bar) - size) {
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_mmiord_invalid_ofs,
"MMIO read beyond last register,"
" offset=0x%"PRIx64", returning 0", addr);
return 0;
}
/*
* When PMRWBM bit 1 is set then read from
* from PMRSTS should ensure prior writes
* made it to persistent media
*/
if (addr == NVME_REG_PMRSTS &&
(NVME_PMRCAP_PMRWBM(ldl_le_p(&n->bar.pmrcap)) & 0x02)) {
memory_region_msync(&n->pmr.dev->mr, 0, n->pmr.dev->size);
}
return ldn_le_p(ptr + addr, size);
}
static void nvme_process_db(NvmeCtrl *n, hwaddr addr, int val)
{
uint32_t qid;
if (unlikely(addr & ((1 << 2) - 1))) {
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_db_wr_misaligned,
"doorbell write not 32-bit aligned,"
" offset=0x%"PRIx64", ignoring", addr);
return;
}
if (((addr - 0x1000) >> 2) & 1) {
/* Completion queue doorbell write */
uint16_t new_head = val & 0xffff;
int start_sqs;
NvmeCQueue *cq;
qid = (addr - (0x1000 + (1 << 2))) >> 3;
if (unlikely(nvme_check_cqid(n, qid))) {
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_db_wr_invalid_cq,
"completion queue doorbell write"
" for nonexistent queue,"
" sqid=%"PRIu32", ignoring", qid);
/*
* NVM Express v1.3d, Section 4.1 state: "If host software writes
* an invalid value to the Submission Queue Tail Doorbell or
* Completion Queue Head Doorbell regiter and an Asynchronous Event
* Request command is outstanding, then an asynchronous event is
* posted to the Admin Completion Queue with a status code of
* Invalid Doorbell Write Value."
*
* Also note that the spec includes the "Invalid Doorbell Register"
* status code, but nowhere does it specify when to use it.
* However, it seems reasonable to use it here in a similar
* fashion.
*/
if (n->outstanding_aers) {
nvme_enqueue_event(n, NVME_AER_TYPE_ERROR,
NVME_AER_INFO_ERR_INVALID_DB_REGISTER,
NVME_LOG_ERROR_INFO);
}
return;
}
cq = n->cq[qid];
if (unlikely(new_head >= cq->size)) {
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_db_wr_invalid_cqhead,
"completion queue doorbell write value"
" beyond queue size, sqid=%"PRIu32","
" new_head=%"PRIu16", ignoring",
qid, new_head);
if (n->outstanding_aers) {
nvme_enqueue_event(n, NVME_AER_TYPE_ERROR,
NVME_AER_INFO_ERR_INVALID_DB_VALUE,
NVME_LOG_ERROR_INFO);
}
return;
}
trace_pci_nvme_mmio_doorbell_cq(cq->cqid, new_head);
start_sqs = nvme_cq_full(cq) ? 1 : 0;
cq->head = new_head;
if (start_sqs) {
NvmeSQueue *sq;
QTAILQ_FOREACH(sq, &cq->sq_list, entry) {
timer_mod(sq->timer, qemu_clock_get_ns(QEMU_CLOCK_VIRTUAL) + 500);
}
timer_mod(cq->timer, qemu_clock_get_ns(QEMU_CLOCK_VIRTUAL) + 500);
}
if (cq->tail == cq->head) {
if (cq->irq_enabled) {
n->cq_pending--;
}
nvme_irq_deassert(n, cq);
}
} else {
/* Submission queue doorbell write */
uint16_t new_tail = val & 0xffff;
NvmeSQueue *sq;
qid = (addr - 0x1000) >> 3;
if (unlikely(nvme_check_sqid(n, qid))) {
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_db_wr_invalid_sq,
"submission queue doorbell write"
" for nonexistent queue,"
" sqid=%"PRIu32", ignoring", qid);
if (n->outstanding_aers) {
nvme_enqueue_event(n, NVME_AER_TYPE_ERROR,
NVME_AER_INFO_ERR_INVALID_DB_REGISTER,
NVME_LOG_ERROR_INFO);
}
return;
}
sq = n->sq[qid];
if (unlikely(new_tail >= sq->size)) {
NVME_GUEST_ERR(pci_nvme_ub_db_wr_invalid_sqtail,
"submission queue doorbell write value"
" beyond queue size, sqid=%"PRIu32","
" new_tail=%"PRIu16", ignoring",
qid, new_tail);
if (n->outstanding_aers) {
nvme_enqueue_event(n, NVME_AER_TYPE_ERROR,
NVME_AER_INFO_ERR_INVALID_DB_VALUE,
NVME_LOG_ERROR_INFO);
}
return;
}
trace_pci_nvme_mmio_doorbell_sq(sq->sqid, new_tail);
sq->tail = new_tail;
timer_mod(sq->timer, qemu_clock_get_ns(QEMU_CLOCK_VIRTUAL) + 500);
}
}
static void nvme_mmio_write(void *opaque, hwaddr addr, uint64_t data,
unsigned size)
{
NvmeCtrl *n = (NvmeCtrl *)opaque;
trace_pci_nvme_mmio_write(addr, data, size);
if (addr < sizeof(n->bar)) {
nvme_write_bar(n, addr, data, size);
} else {
nvme_process_db(n, addr, data);
}
}
static const MemoryRegionOps nvme_mmio_ops = {
.read = nvme_mmio_read,
.write = nvme_mmio_write,
.endianness = DEVICE_LITTLE_ENDIAN,
.impl = {
.min_access_size = 2,
.max_access_size = 8,
},
};
static void nvme_cmb_write(void *opaque, hwaddr addr, uint64_t data,
unsigned size)
{
NvmeCtrl *n = (NvmeCtrl *)opaque;
stn_le_p(&n->cmb.buf[addr], size, data);
}
static uint64_t nvme_cmb_read(void *opaque, hwaddr addr, unsigned size)
{
NvmeCtrl *n = (NvmeCtrl *)opaque;
return ldn_le_p(&n->cmb.buf[addr], size);
}
static const MemoryRegionOps nvme_cmb_ops = {
.read = nvme_cmb_read,
.write = nvme_cmb_write,
.endianness = DEVICE_LITTLE_ENDIAN,
.impl = {
.min_access_size = 1,
.max_access_size = 8,
},
};
static void nvme_check_constraints(NvmeCtrl *n, Error **errp)
{
NvmeParams *params = &n->params;
if (params->num_queues) {
warn_report("num_queues is deprecated; please use max_ioqpairs "
"instead");
params->max_ioqpairs = params->num_queues - 1;
}
hw/block/nvme: fix handling of private namespaces Prior to this patch, if a private nvme-ns device (that is, a namespace that is not linked to a subsystem) is wired up to an nvme-subsys linked nvme controller device, the device fails to verify that the namespace id is unique within the subsystem. NVM Express v1.4b, Section 6.1.6 ("NSID and Namespace Usage") states that because the device supports Namespace Management, "NSIDs *shall* be unique within the NVM subsystem". Additionally, prior to this patch, private namespaces are not known to the subsystem and the namespace is considered exclusive to the controller with which it is initially wired up to. However, this is not the definition of a private namespace; per Section 1.6.33 ("private namespace"), a private namespace is just a namespace that does not support multipath I/O or namespace sharing, which means "that it is only able to be attached to one controller at a time". Fix this by always allocating namespaces in the subsystem (if one is linked to the controller), regardless of the shared/private status of the namespace. Whether or not the namespace is shareable is controlled by a new `shared` nvme-ns parameter. Finally, this fix allows the nvme-ns `subsys` parameter to be removed, since the `shared` parameter now serves the purpose of attaching the namespace to all controllers in the subsystem upon device realization. It is invalid to have an nvme-ns namespace device with a linked subsystem without the parent nvme controller device also being linked to one and since the nvme-ns devices will unconditionally be "attached" (in QEMU terms that is) to an nvme controller device through an NvmeBus, the nvme-ns namespace device can always get a reference to the subsystem of the controller it is explicitly (using 'bus=' parameter) or implicitly attaching to. Fixes: e570768566b3 ("hw/block/nvme: support for shared namespace in subsystem") Cc: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
2021-03-23 12:43:24 +01:00
if (n->namespace.blkconf.blk && n->subsys) {
error_setg(errp, "subsystem support is unavailable with legacy "
"namespace ('drive' property)");
return;
}
if (params->max_ioqpairs < 1 ||
params->max_ioqpairs > NVME_MAX_IOQPAIRS) {
error_setg(errp, "max_ioqpairs must be between 1 and %d",
NVME_MAX_IOQPAIRS);
return;
}
if (params->msix_qsize < 1 ||
params->msix_qsize > PCI_MSIX_FLAGS_QSIZE + 1) {
error_setg(errp, "msix_qsize must be between 1 and %d",
PCI_MSIX_FLAGS_QSIZE + 1);
nvme: ensure the num_queues is not zero When it is zero, it causes segv. Using following command: "-drive file=//home/test/test1.img,if=none,id=id0 -device nvme,drive=id0,serial=test,num_queues=0" causes following Backtrack: Thread 4 "qemu-system-x86" received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault. [Switching to Thread 0x7fffe9735700 (LWP 30952)] 0x0000555555a7a77c in nvme_start_ctrl (n=0x5555577473f0) at hw/block/nvme.c:825 825 if (unlikely(n->cq[0])) { (gdb) bt 0 0x0000555555a7a77c in nvme_start_ctrl (n=0x5555577473f0) at hw/block/nvme.c:825 1 0x0000555555a7af7f in nvme_write_bar (n=0x5555577473f0, offset=20, data=4587521, size=4) at hw/block/nvme.c:969 2 0x0000555555a7b81a in nvme_mmio_write (opaque=0x5555577473f0, addr=20, data=4587521, size=4) at hw/block/nvme.c:1163 3 0x0000555555869236 in memory_region_write_accessor (mr=0x555557747cd0, addr=20, value=0x7fffe97320f8, size=4, shift=0, mask=4294967295, attrs=...) at /home/test/qemu1/qemu/memory.c:502 4 0x0000555555869446 in access_with_adjusted_size (addr=20, value=0x7fffe97320f8, size=4, access_size_min=2, access_size_max=8, access_fn=0x55555586914d <memory_region_write_accessor>, mr=0x555557747cd0, attrs=...) at /home/test/qemu1/qemu/memory.c:568 5 0x000055555586c479 in memory_region_dispatch_write (mr=0x555557747cd0, addr=20, data=4587521, size=4, attrs=...) at /home/test/qemu1/qemu/memory.c:1499 6 0x00005555558030af in flatview_write_continue (fv=0x7fffe0061130, addr=4273930260, attrs=..., buf=0x7ffff7ff0028 "\001", len=4, addr1=20, l=4, mr=0x555557747cd0) at /home/test/qemu1/qemu/exec.c:3234 7 0x00005555558031f9 in flatview_write (fv=0x7fffe0061130, addr=4273930260, attrs=..., buf=0x7ffff7ff0028 "\001", len=4) at /home/test/qemu1/qemu/exec.c:3273 8 0x00005555558034ff in address_space_write ( ---Type <return> to continue, or q <return> to quit--- as=0x555556758480 <address_space_memory>, addr=4273930260, attrs=..., buf=0x7ffff7ff0028 "\001", len=4) at /home/test/qemu1/qemu/exec.c:3363 9 0x0000555555803550 in address_space_rw ( as=0x555556758480 <address_space_memory>, addr=4273930260, attrs=..., buf=0x7ffff7ff0028 "\001", len=4, is_write=true) at /home/test/qemu1/qemu/exec.c:3374 10 0x00005555558884a1 in kvm_cpu_exec (cpu=0x555556920e40) at /home/test/qemu1/qemu/accel/kvm/kvm-all.c:2031 11 0x000055555584cd9d in qemu_kvm_cpu_thread_fn (arg=0x555556920e40) at /home/test/qemu1/qemu/cpus.c:1281 12 0x0000555555dbaf6d in qemu_thread_start (args=0x5555569438a0) at util/qemu-thread-posix.c:502 13 0x00007ffff5dc86db in start_thread (arg=0x7fffe9735700) at pthread_create.c:463 14 0x00007ffff5af188f in clone () at ../sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/x86_64/clone.S:95 Signed-off-by: Li Qiang <liq3ea@163.com> Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com> Message-id: 20190120055558.32984-3-liq3ea@163.com Signed-off-by: Max Reitz <mreitz@redhat.com>
2019-01-20 06:55:57 +01:00
return;
}
if (!params->serial) {
error_setg(errp, "serial property not set");
return;
}
if (n->pmr.dev) {
if (host_memory_backend_is_mapped(n->pmr.dev)) {
error_setg(errp, "can't use already busy memdev: %s",
object_get_canonical_path_component(OBJECT(n->pmr.dev)));
return;
}
if (!is_power_of_2(n->pmr.dev->size)) {
error_setg(errp, "pmr backend size needs to be power of 2 in size");
return;
}
host_memory_backend_set_mapped(n->pmr.dev, true);
}
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
if (n->params.zasl > n->params.mdts) {
error_setg(errp, "zoned.zasl (Zone Append Size Limit) must be less "
"than or equal to mdts (Maximum Data Transfer Size)");
return;
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
}
if (!n->params.vsl) {
error_setg(errp, "vsl must be non-zero");
return;
}
}
static void nvme_init_state(NvmeCtrl *n)
{
/* add one to max_ioqpairs to account for the admin queue pair */
n->reg_size = pow2ceil(sizeof(NvmeBar) +
2 * (n->params.max_ioqpairs + 1) * NVME_DB_SIZE);
n->sq = g_new0(NvmeSQueue *, n->params.max_ioqpairs + 1);
n->cq = g_new0(NvmeCQueue *, n->params.max_ioqpairs + 1);
n->temperature = NVME_TEMPERATURE;
n->features.temp_thresh_hi = NVME_TEMPERATURE_WARNING;
n->starttime_ms = qemu_clock_get_ms(QEMU_CLOCK_VIRTUAL);
n->aer_reqs = g_new0(NvmeRequest *, n->params.aerl + 1);
}
static void nvme_init_cmb(NvmeCtrl *n, PCIDevice *pci_dev)
{
uint64_t cmb_size = n->params.cmb_size_mb * MiB;
uint64_t cap = ldq_le_p(&n->bar.cap);
n->cmb.buf = g_malloc0(cmb_size);
memory_region_init_io(&n->cmb.mem, OBJECT(n), &nvme_cmb_ops, n,
"nvme-cmb", cmb_size);
pci_register_bar(pci_dev, NVME_CMB_BIR,
PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_SPACE_MEMORY |
PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_MEM_TYPE_64 |
PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_MEM_PREFETCH, &n->cmb.mem);
NVME_CAP_SET_CMBS(cap, 1);
stq_le_p(&n->bar.cap, cap);
if (n->params.legacy_cmb) {
nvme_cmb_enable_regs(n);
n->cmb.cmse = true;
}
}
static void nvme_init_pmr(NvmeCtrl *n, PCIDevice *pci_dev)
{
uint32_t pmrcap = ldl_le_p(&n->bar.pmrcap);
NVME_PMRCAP_SET_RDS(pmrcap, 1);
NVME_PMRCAP_SET_WDS(pmrcap, 1);
NVME_PMRCAP_SET_BIR(pmrcap, NVME_PMR_BIR);
/* Turn on bit 1 support */
NVME_PMRCAP_SET_PMRWBM(pmrcap, 0x02);
NVME_PMRCAP_SET_CMSS(pmrcap, 1);
stl_le_p(&n->bar.pmrcap, pmrcap);
pci_register_bar(pci_dev, NVME_PMR_BIR,
PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_SPACE_MEMORY |
PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_MEM_TYPE_64 |
PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_MEM_PREFETCH, &n->pmr.dev->mr);
memory_region_set_enabled(&n->pmr.dev->mr, false);
}
static int nvme_init_pci(NvmeCtrl *n, PCIDevice *pci_dev, Error **errp)
{
uint8_t *pci_conf = pci_dev->config;
uint64_t bar_size, msix_table_size, msix_pba_size;
unsigned msix_table_offset, msix_pba_offset;
int ret;
Error *err = NULL;
pci_conf[PCI_INTERRUPT_PIN] = 1;
pci_config_set_prog_interface(pci_conf, 0x2);
if (n->params.use_intel_id) {
pci_config_set_vendor_id(pci_conf, PCI_VENDOR_ID_INTEL);
pci_config_set_device_id(pci_conf, 0x5845);
} else {
pci_config_set_vendor_id(pci_conf, PCI_VENDOR_ID_REDHAT);
pci_config_set_device_id(pci_conf, PCI_DEVICE_ID_REDHAT_NVME);
}
pci_config_set_class(pci_conf, PCI_CLASS_STORAGE_EXPRESS);
pcie_endpoint_cap_init(pci_dev, 0x80);
bar_size = QEMU_ALIGN_UP(n->reg_size, 4 * KiB);
msix_table_offset = bar_size;
msix_table_size = PCI_MSIX_ENTRY_SIZE * n->params.msix_qsize;
bar_size += msix_table_size;
bar_size = QEMU_ALIGN_UP(bar_size, 4 * KiB);
msix_pba_offset = bar_size;
msix_pba_size = QEMU_ALIGN_UP(n->params.msix_qsize, 64) / 8;
bar_size += msix_pba_size;
bar_size = pow2ceil(bar_size);
memory_region_init(&n->bar0, OBJECT(n), "nvme-bar0", bar_size);
memory_region_init_io(&n->iomem, OBJECT(n), &nvme_mmio_ops, n, "nvme",
n->reg_size);
memory_region_add_subregion(&n->bar0, 0, &n->iomem);
pci_register_bar(pci_dev, 0, PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_SPACE_MEMORY |
PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_MEM_TYPE_64, &n->bar0);
ret = msix_init(pci_dev, n->params.msix_qsize,
&n->bar0, 0, msix_table_offset,
&n->bar0, 0, msix_pba_offset, 0, &err);
if (ret < 0) {
if (ret == -ENOTSUP) {
warn_report_err(err);
} else {
error_propagate(errp, err);
return ret;
}
}
if (n->params.cmb_size_mb) {
nvme_init_cmb(n, pci_dev);
}
if (n->pmr.dev) {
nvme_init_pmr(n, pci_dev);
}
return 0;
}
static void nvme_init_subnqn(NvmeCtrl *n)
{
NvmeSubsystem *subsys = n->subsys;
NvmeIdCtrl *id = &n->id_ctrl;
if (!subsys) {
snprintf((char *)id->subnqn, sizeof(id->subnqn),
"nqn.2019-08.org.qemu:%s", n->params.serial);
} else {
pstrcpy((char *)id->subnqn, sizeof(id->subnqn), (char*)subsys->subnqn);
}
}
static void nvme_init_ctrl(NvmeCtrl *n, PCIDevice *pci_dev)
{
NvmeIdCtrl *id = &n->id_ctrl;
uint8_t *pci_conf = pci_dev->config;
uint64_t cap = ldq_le_p(&n->bar.cap);
id->vid = cpu_to_le16(pci_get_word(pci_conf + PCI_VENDOR_ID));
id->ssvid = cpu_to_le16(pci_get_word(pci_conf + PCI_SUBSYSTEM_VENDOR_ID));
strpadcpy((char *)id->mn, sizeof(id->mn), "QEMU NVMe Ctrl", ' ');
strpadcpy((char *)id->fr, sizeof(id->fr), "1.0", ' ');
strpadcpy((char *)id->sn, sizeof(id->sn), n->params.serial, ' ');
id->cntlid = cpu_to_le16(n->cntlid);
id->oaes = cpu_to_le32(NVME_OAES_NS_ATTR);
id->rab = 6;
if (n->params.use_intel_id) {
id->ieee[0] = 0xb3;
id->ieee[1] = 0x02;
id->ieee[2] = 0x00;
} else {
id->ieee[0] = 0x00;
id->ieee[1] = 0x54;
id->ieee[2] = 0x52;
}
id->mdts = n->params.mdts;
id->ver = cpu_to_le32(NVME_SPEC_VER);
id->oacs = cpu_to_le16(NVME_OACS_NS_MGMT | NVME_OACS_FORMAT);
id->cntrltype = 0x1;
/*
* Because the controller always completes the Abort command immediately,
* there can never be more than one concurrently executing Abort command,
* so this value is never used for anything. Note that there can easily be
* many Abort commands in the queues, but they are not considered
* "executing" until processed by nvme_abort.
*
* The specification recommends a value of 3 for Abort Command Limit (four
* concurrently outstanding Abort commands), so lets use that though it is
* inconsequential.
*/
id->acl = 3;
id->aerl = n->params.aerl;
id->frmw = (NVME_NUM_FW_SLOTS << 1) | NVME_FRMW_SLOT1_RO;
id->lpa = NVME_LPA_NS_SMART | NVME_LPA_CSE | NVME_LPA_EXTENDED;
/* recommended default value (~70 C) */
id->wctemp = cpu_to_le16(NVME_TEMPERATURE_WARNING);
id->cctemp = cpu_to_le16(NVME_TEMPERATURE_CRITICAL);
id->sqes = (0x6 << 4) | 0x6;
id->cqes = (0x4 << 4) | 0x4;
id->nn = cpu_to_le32(NVME_MAX_NAMESPACES);
id->oncs = cpu_to_le16(NVME_ONCS_WRITE_ZEROES | NVME_ONCS_TIMESTAMP |
NVME_ONCS_FEATURES | NVME_ONCS_DSM |
NVME_ONCS_COMPARE | NVME_ONCS_COPY);
/*
* NOTE: If this device ever supports a command set that does NOT use 0x0
* as a Flush-equivalent operation, support for the broadcast NSID in Flush
* should probably be removed.
*
* See comment in nvme_io_cmd.
*/
id->vwc = NVME_VWC_NSID_BROADCAST_SUPPORT | NVME_VWC_PRESENT;
id->ocfs = cpu_to_le16(NVME_OCFS_COPY_FORMAT_0);
id->sgls = cpu_to_le32(NVME_CTRL_SGLS_SUPPORT_NO_ALIGN |
NVME_CTRL_SGLS_BITBUCKET);
nvme_init_subnqn(n);
id->psd[0].mp = cpu_to_le16(0x9c4);
id->psd[0].enlat = cpu_to_le32(0x10);
id->psd[0].exlat = cpu_to_le32(0x4);
if (n->subsys) {
id->cmic |= NVME_CMIC_MULTI_CTRL;
}
NVME_CAP_SET_MQES(cap, 0x7ff);
NVME_CAP_SET_CQR(cap, 1);
NVME_CAP_SET_TO(cap, 0xf);
NVME_CAP_SET_CSS(cap, NVME_CAP_CSS_NVM);
NVME_CAP_SET_CSS(cap, NVME_CAP_CSS_CSI_SUPP);
NVME_CAP_SET_CSS(cap, NVME_CAP_CSS_ADMIN_ONLY);
NVME_CAP_SET_MPSMAX(cap, 4);
NVME_CAP_SET_CMBS(cap, n->params.cmb_size_mb ? 1 : 0);
NVME_CAP_SET_PMRS(cap, n->pmr.dev ? 1 : 0);
stq_le_p(&n->bar.cap, cap);
stl_le_p(&n->bar.vs, NVME_SPEC_VER);
n->bar.intmc = n->bar.intms = 0;
}
static int nvme_init_subsys(NvmeCtrl *n, Error **errp)
{
int cntlid;
if (!n->subsys) {
return 0;
}
cntlid = nvme_subsys_register_ctrl(n, errp);
if (cntlid < 0) {
return -1;
}
n->cntlid = cntlid;
return 0;
}
hw/block/nvme: fix handling of private namespaces Prior to this patch, if a private nvme-ns device (that is, a namespace that is not linked to a subsystem) is wired up to an nvme-subsys linked nvme controller device, the device fails to verify that the namespace id is unique within the subsystem. NVM Express v1.4b, Section 6.1.6 ("NSID and Namespace Usage") states that because the device supports Namespace Management, "NSIDs *shall* be unique within the NVM subsystem". Additionally, prior to this patch, private namespaces are not known to the subsystem and the namespace is considered exclusive to the controller with which it is initially wired up to. However, this is not the definition of a private namespace; per Section 1.6.33 ("private namespace"), a private namespace is just a namespace that does not support multipath I/O or namespace sharing, which means "that it is only able to be attached to one controller at a time". Fix this by always allocating namespaces in the subsystem (if one is linked to the controller), regardless of the shared/private status of the namespace. Whether or not the namespace is shareable is controlled by a new `shared` nvme-ns parameter. Finally, this fix allows the nvme-ns `subsys` parameter to be removed, since the `shared` parameter now serves the purpose of attaching the namespace to all controllers in the subsystem upon device realization. It is invalid to have an nvme-ns namespace device with a linked subsystem without the parent nvme controller device also being linked to one and since the nvme-ns devices will unconditionally be "attached" (in QEMU terms that is) to an nvme controller device through an NvmeBus, the nvme-ns namespace device can always get a reference to the subsystem of the controller it is explicitly (using 'bus=' parameter) or implicitly attaching to. Fixes: e570768566b3 ("hw/block/nvme: support for shared namespace in subsystem") Cc: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
2021-03-23 12:43:24 +01:00
void nvme_attach_ns(NvmeCtrl *n, NvmeNamespace *ns)
{
uint32_t nsid = ns->params.nsid;
assert(nsid && nsid <= NVME_MAX_NAMESPACES);
n->namespaces[nsid] = ns;
hw/block/nvme: fix handling of private namespaces Prior to this patch, if a private nvme-ns device (that is, a namespace that is not linked to a subsystem) is wired up to an nvme-subsys linked nvme controller device, the device fails to verify that the namespace id is unique within the subsystem. NVM Express v1.4b, Section 6.1.6 ("NSID and Namespace Usage") states that because the device supports Namespace Management, "NSIDs *shall* be unique within the NVM subsystem". Additionally, prior to this patch, private namespaces are not known to the subsystem and the namespace is considered exclusive to the controller with which it is initially wired up to. However, this is not the definition of a private namespace; per Section 1.6.33 ("private namespace"), a private namespace is just a namespace that does not support multipath I/O or namespace sharing, which means "that it is only able to be attached to one controller at a time". Fix this by always allocating namespaces in the subsystem (if one is linked to the controller), regardless of the shared/private status of the namespace. Whether or not the namespace is shareable is controlled by a new `shared` nvme-ns parameter. Finally, this fix allows the nvme-ns `subsys` parameter to be removed, since the `shared` parameter now serves the purpose of attaching the namespace to all controllers in the subsystem upon device realization. It is invalid to have an nvme-ns namespace device with a linked subsystem without the parent nvme controller device also being linked to one and since the nvme-ns devices will unconditionally be "attached" (in QEMU terms that is) to an nvme controller device through an NvmeBus, the nvme-ns namespace device can always get a reference to the subsystem of the controller it is explicitly (using 'bus=' parameter) or implicitly attaching to. Fixes: e570768566b3 ("hw/block/nvme: support for shared namespace in subsystem") Cc: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
2021-03-23 12:43:24 +01:00
ns->attached++;
n->dmrsl = MIN_NON_ZERO(n->dmrsl,
BDRV_REQUEST_MAX_BYTES / nvme_l2b(ns, 1));
}
static void nvme_realize(PCIDevice *pci_dev, Error **errp)
{
NvmeCtrl *n = NVME(pci_dev);
NvmeNamespace *ns;
Error *local_err = NULL;
nvme_check_constraints(n, &local_err);
if (local_err) {
error_propagate(errp, local_err);
return;
}
qbus_init(&n->bus, sizeof(NvmeBus), TYPE_NVME_BUS,
&pci_dev->qdev, n->parent_obj.qdev.id);
nvme_init_state(n);
if (nvme_init_pci(n, pci_dev, errp)) {
return;
}
if (nvme_init_subsys(n, errp)) {
error_propagate(errp, local_err);
return;
}
nvme_init_ctrl(n, pci_dev);
/* setup a namespace if the controller drive property was given */
if (n->namespace.blkconf.blk) {
ns = &n->namespace;
ns->params.nsid = 1;
if (nvme_ns_setup(ns, errp)) {
return;
}
hw/block/nvme: fix handling of private namespaces Prior to this patch, if a private nvme-ns device (that is, a namespace that is not linked to a subsystem) is wired up to an nvme-subsys linked nvme controller device, the device fails to verify that the namespace id is unique within the subsystem. NVM Express v1.4b, Section 6.1.6 ("NSID and Namespace Usage") states that because the device supports Namespace Management, "NSIDs *shall* be unique within the NVM subsystem". Additionally, prior to this patch, private namespaces are not known to the subsystem and the namespace is considered exclusive to the controller with which it is initially wired up to. However, this is not the definition of a private namespace; per Section 1.6.33 ("private namespace"), a private namespace is just a namespace that does not support multipath I/O or namespace sharing, which means "that it is only able to be attached to one controller at a time". Fix this by always allocating namespaces in the subsystem (if one is linked to the controller), regardless of the shared/private status of the namespace. Whether or not the namespace is shareable is controlled by a new `shared` nvme-ns parameter. Finally, this fix allows the nvme-ns `subsys` parameter to be removed, since the `shared` parameter now serves the purpose of attaching the namespace to all controllers in the subsystem upon device realization. It is invalid to have an nvme-ns namespace device with a linked subsystem without the parent nvme controller device also being linked to one and since the nvme-ns devices will unconditionally be "attached" (in QEMU terms that is) to an nvme controller device through an NvmeBus, the nvme-ns namespace device can always get a reference to the subsystem of the controller it is explicitly (using 'bus=' parameter) or implicitly attaching to. Fixes: e570768566b3 ("hw/block/nvme: support for shared namespace in subsystem") Cc: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
2021-03-23 12:43:24 +01:00
nvme_attach_ns(n, ns);
}
}
static void nvme_exit(PCIDevice *pci_dev)
{
NvmeCtrl *n = NVME(pci_dev);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
NvmeNamespace *ns;
int i;
nvme_ctrl_reset(n);
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
if (n->subsys) {
for (i = 1; i <= NVME_MAX_NAMESPACES; i++) {
ns = nvme_ns(n, i);
if (ns) {
ns->attached--;
}
hw/block/nvme: Support Zoned Namespace Command Set The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when "zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace Command Set otherwise. Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator. Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code. In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array (which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to enumerate one or more zone lists. Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append. Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper configuration for zoned operation using device properties. Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command, writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those done as a part of Write flow. Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for active and open zone limits. Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com> Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
2020-12-08 21:04:06 +01:00
}
nvme_subsys_unregister_ctrl(n->subsys, n);
}
g_free(n->cq);
g_free(n->sq);
g_free(n->aer_reqs);
if (n->params.cmb_size_mb) {
g_free(n->cmb.buf);
}
if (n->pmr.dev) {
host_memory_backend_set_mapped(n->pmr.dev, false);
}
msix_uninit(pci_dev, &n->bar0, &n->bar0);
memory_region_del_subregion(&n->bar0, &n->iomem);
}
static Property nvme_props[] = {
DEFINE_BLOCK_PROPERTIES(NvmeCtrl, namespace.blkconf),
DEFINE_PROP_LINK("pmrdev", NvmeCtrl, pmr.dev, TYPE_MEMORY_BACKEND,
HostMemoryBackend *),
DEFINE_PROP_LINK("subsys", NvmeCtrl, subsys, TYPE_NVME_SUBSYS,
NvmeSubsystem *),
DEFINE_PROP_STRING("serial", NvmeCtrl, params.serial),
DEFINE_PROP_UINT32("cmb_size_mb", NvmeCtrl, params.cmb_size_mb, 0),
DEFINE_PROP_UINT32("num_queues", NvmeCtrl, params.num_queues, 0),
DEFINE_PROP_UINT32("max_ioqpairs", NvmeCtrl, params.max_ioqpairs, 64),
DEFINE_PROP_UINT16("msix_qsize", NvmeCtrl, params.msix_qsize, 65),
DEFINE_PROP_UINT8("aerl", NvmeCtrl, params.aerl, 3),
DEFINE_PROP_UINT32("aer_max_queued", NvmeCtrl, params.aer_max_queued, 64),
DEFINE_PROP_UINT8("mdts", NvmeCtrl, params.mdts, 7),
DEFINE_PROP_UINT8("vsl", NvmeCtrl, params.vsl, 7),
DEFINE_PROP_BOOL("use-intel-id", NvmeCtrl, params.use_intel_id, false),
DEFINE_PROP_BOOL("legacy-cmb", NvmeCtrl, params.legacy_cmb, false),
DEFINE_PROP_UINT8("zoned.zasl", NvmeCtrl, params.zasl, 0),
DEFINE_PROP_BOOL("zoned.auto_transition", NvmeCtrl,
params.auto_transition_zones, true),
DEFINE_PROP_END_OF_LIST(),
};
static void nvme_get_smart_warning(Object *obj, Visitor *v, const char *name,
void *opaque, Error **errp)
{
NvmeCtrl *n = NVME(obj);
uint8_t value = n->smart_critical_warning;
visit_type_uint8(v, name, &value, errp);
}
static void nvme_set_smart_warning(Object *obj, Visitor *v, const char *name,
void *opaque, Error **errp)
{
NvmeCtrl *n = NVME(obj);
uint8_t value, old_value, cap = 0, index, event;
if (!visit_type_uint8(v, name, &value, errp)) {
return;
}
cap = NVME_SMART_SPARE | NVME_SMART_TEMPERATURE | NVME_SMART_RELIABILITY
| NVME_SMART_MEDIA_READ_ONLY | NVME_SMART_FAILED_VOLATILE_MEDIA;
if (NVME_CAP_PMRS(ldq_le_p(&n->bar.cap))) {
cap |= NVME_SMART_PMR_UNRELIABLE;
}
if ((value & cap) != value) {
error_setg(errp, "unsupported smart critical warning bits: 0x%x",
value & ~cap);
return;
}
old_value = n->smart_critical_warning;
n->smart_critical_warning = value;
/* only inject new bits of smart critical warning */
for (index = 0; index < NVME_SMART_WARN_MAX; index++) {
event = 1 << index;
if (value & ~old_value & event)
nvme_smart_event(n, event);
}
}
static const VMStateDescription nvme_vmstate = {
.name = "nvme",
.unmigratable = 1,
};
static void nvme_class_init(ObjectClass *oc, void *data)
{
DeviceClass *dc = DEVICE_CLASS(oc);
PCIDeviceClass *pc = PCI_DEVICE_CLASS(oc);
pc->realize = nvme_realize;
pc->exit = nvme_exit;
pc->class_id = PCI_CLASS_STORAGE_EXPRESS;
pc->revision = 2;
set_bit(DEVICE_CATEGORY_STORAGE, dc->categories);
dc->desc = "Non-Volatile Memory Express";
device_class_set_props(dc, nvme_props);
dc->vmsd = &nvme_vmstate;
}
nvme: generate OpenFirmware device path in the "bootorder" fw_cfg file Background on QEMU boot indices ------------------------------- Normally, the "bootindex" property is configured for bootable devices with: DEVICE_instance_init() device_add_bootindex_property(..., "bootindex", ...) object_property_add(..., device_get_bootindex, device_set_bootindex, ...) and when the bootindex is set on the QEMU command line, with -device DEVICE,...,bootindex=N the setter that was configured above is invoked: device_set_bootindex() /* parse boot index */ visit_type_int32() /* verify unicity */ check_boot_index() /* store parsed boot index */ ... /* insert device path to boot order */ add_boot_device_path() In the last step, add_boot_device_path() ensures that an OpenFirmware device path will show up in the "bootorder" fw_cfg file, at a position corresponding to the device's boot index. Thus guest firmware (SeaBIOS and OVMF) can try to boot off the device with the right priority. NVMe boot index --------------- In QEMU commit 33739c712982, nvma: ide: add bootindex to qom property the following generic setters / getters: - device_set_bootindex() - device_get_bootindex() were open-coded for NVMe, under the names - nvme_set_bootindex() - nvme_get_bootindex() Plus nvme_instance_init() was added to configure the "bootindex" property manually, designating the open-coded getter & setter, rather than calling device_add_bootindex_property(). Crucially, nvme_set_bootindex() avoided the final add_boot_device_path() call. This fact is spelled out in the message of commit 33739c712982, and it was presumably the entire reason for all of the code duplication. Now, Vladislav filed an RFE for OVMF <https://github.com/tianocore/edk2/issues/48>; OVMF should boot off NVMe devices. It is simple to build edk2's existent NvmExpressDxe driver into OVMF, but the boot order matching logic in OVMF can only handle NVMe if the "bootorder" fw_cfg file includes such devices. Therefore this patch converts the NVMe device model to device_set_bootindex() all the way. Device paths ------------ device_set_bootindex() accepts an optional parameter called "suffix". When present, it is expected to take the form of an OpenFirmware device path node, and it gets appended as last node to the otherwise auto-generated OFW path. For NVMe, the auto-generated part is /pci@i0cf8/pci8086,5845@6[,1] ^ ^ ^ ^ | | PCI slot and (present when nonzero) | | function of the NVMe controller, both hex | "driver name" component, built from PCI vendor & device IDs PCI root at system bus port, PIO to which here we append the suffix /namespace@1,0 ^ ^ | big endian (MSB at lowest address) numeric interpretation | of the 64-bit IEEE Extended Unique Identifier, aka EUI-64, | hex 32-bit NVMe namespace identifier, aka NSID, hex resulting in the OFW device path /pci@i0cf8/pci8086,5845@6[,1]/namespace@1,0 The reason for including the NSID and the EUI-64 is that an NVMe device can in theory produce several different namespaces (distinguished by NSID). Additionally, each of those may (optionally) have an EUI-64 value. For now, QEMU only provides namespace 1. Furthermore, QEMU doesn't even represent the EUI-64 as a standalone field; it is embedded (and left unused) inside the "NvmeIdNs.res30" array, at the last eight bytes. (Which is fine, since EUI-64 can be left zero-filled if unsupported by the device.) Based on the above, we set the "unit address" part of the last ("namespace") node to fixed "1,0". OVMF will then map the above OFW device path to the following UEFI device path fragment, for boot order processing: PciRoot(0x0)/Pci(0x6,0x1)/NVMe(0x1,00-00-00-00-00-00-00-00) ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ | | | | | octets of the EUI-64 in address order | | | | NSID | | | NVMe namespace messaging device path node | PCI slot and function PCI root bridge Cc: Keith Busch <keith.busch@intel.com> (supporter:nvme) Cc: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com> (supporter:Block layer core) Cc: qemu-block@nongnu.org (open list:nvme) Cc: Gonglei <arei.gonglei@huawei.com> Cc: Vladislav Vovchenko <vladislav.vovchenko@sk.com> Cc: Feng Tian <feng.tian@intel.com> Cc: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com> Cc: Kevin O'Connor <kevin@koconnor.net> Signed-off-by: Laszlo Ersek <lersek@redhat.com> Acked-by: Gonglei <arei.gonglei@huawei.com> Acked-by: Keith Busch <keith.busch@intel.com> Tested-by: Vladislav Vovchenko <vladislav.vovchenko@sk.com> Message-id: 1453850483-27511-1-git-send-email-lersek@redhat.com Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
2016-01-27 00:21:23 +01:00
static void nvme_instance_init(Object *obj)
{
NvmeCtrl *n = NVME(obj);
device_add_bootindex_property(obj, &n->namespace.blkconf.bootindex,
"bootindex", "/namespace@1,0",
DEVICE(obj));
object_property_add(obj, "smart_critical_warning", "uint8",
nvme_get_smart_warning,
nvme_set_smart_warning, NULL, NULL);
}
static const TypeInfo nvme_info = {
.name = TYPE_NVME,
.parent = TYPE_PCI_DEVICE,
.instance_size = sizeof(NvmeCtrl),
.instance_init = nvme_instance_init,
.class_init = nvme_class_init,
.interfaces = (InterfaceInfo[]) {
{ INTERFACE_PCIE_DEVICE },
{ }
},
};
static const TypeInfo nvme_bus_info = {
.name = TYPE_NVME_BUS,
.parent = TYPE_BUS,
.instance_size = sizeof(NvmeBus),
};
static void nvme_register_types(void)
{
type_register_static(&nvme_info);
type_register_static(&nvme_bus_info);
}
type_init(nvme_register_types)